1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 ///
10 /// \file
11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
12 ///
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
16 #include "TreeTransform.h"
17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
41 using namespace clang;
42 using namespace sema;
43 
44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
47 /// name of the corresponding type.
48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
49                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
50                                               IdentifierInfo &Name) {
51   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
52 
53   // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
54   QualType Type;
55   switch (NNS->getKind()) {
56   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
57   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
58     Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
59     break;
60 
61   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
62     // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
63     // typename type for it.
64     assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
65     Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
66                                         NNS->getAsIdentifier());
67     break;
68 
69   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
70   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
71   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
72   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
73     llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
74   }
75 
76   // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
77   // final identifier in the qualified-id.
78   return CreateParsedType(Type,
79                           Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
80 }
81 
82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
83                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
84                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
85                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
86                                    ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
87                                    bool EnteringContext) {
88   // Determine where to perform name lookup.
89 
90   // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
91   // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
92   // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
93   // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
94   // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
95   // this appears to be ill-formed:
96   //
97   //   namespace N {
98   //     template <typename T> struct S {
99   //       ~S();
100   //     };
101   //   }
102   //
103   //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
104   //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
105   //   }
106   //
107   // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
108   // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
109   // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
110   QualType SearchType;
111   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
112   bool isDependent = false;
113   bool LookInScope = false;
114 
115   if (SS.isInvalid())
116     return nullptr;
117 
118   // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
119   // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
120   // we know what type we're looking for.
121   if (ObjectTypePtr)
122     SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
123 
124   if (SS.isSet()) {
125     NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
126 
127     bool AlreadySearched = false;
128     bool LookAtPrefix = true;
129     // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
130     //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
131     //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
132     //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
133     //
134     //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
135     //
136     //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
137     //
138     // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
139     // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
140     DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
141     if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
142       AlreadySearched = true;
143       LookupCtx = DC;
144       isDependent = false;
145     } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
146       LookAtPrefix = false;
147       LookInScope = true;
148     }
149 
150     // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
151     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
152     if (AlreadySearched) {
153       // Nothing left to do.
154     } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
155       CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
156       PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
157       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
158       isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
159     } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
160       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
161       isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
162     } else {
163       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
164       isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
165     }
166   } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
167     // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
168     //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
169     //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
170     //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
171     //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
172     //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
173     //   cv-qualified) T.
174     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
175     isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
176     assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
177            "Caller should have completed object type");
178 
179     LookInScope = true;
180   } else {
181     // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
182     LookInScope = true;
183   }
184 
185   TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
186   LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
187   for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
188     // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
189     // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
190     // we're allowed to look there).
191     Found.clear();
192     if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
193       LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
194     else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
195       LookupName(Found, S);
196     else
197       continue;
198 
199     // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
200     if (Found.isAmbiguous())
201       return nullptr;
202 
203     if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
204       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
205       MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
206 
207       if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
208           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
209         // We found our type!
210 
211         return CreateParsedType(T,
212                                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
213       }
214 
215       if (!SearchType.isNull())
216         NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
217     }
218 
219     // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
220     // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
221     // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
222     // this is the destructor for that class.
223     // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
224     // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
225     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
226       QualType MemberOfType;
227       if (SS.isSet()) {
228         if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
229           // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
230           if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
231             MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
232         }
233       }
234       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
235         MemberOfType = SearchType;
236 
237       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
238         continue;
239 
240       // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
241       // class template we found is the same as the template being
242       // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
243       if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
244         if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
245               = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
246           if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
247                 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
248             return CreateParsedType(
249                 MemberOfType,
250                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
251         }
252 
253         continue;
254       }
255 
256       // We're referring to an unresolved class template
257       // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
258       // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
259       // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
260       // has the same name.
261       if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
262             = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
263         TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
264 
265         // The class template we found is the same template being
266         // specialized.
267         if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
268           if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
269             return CreateParsedType(
270                 MemberOfType,
271                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
272 
273           continue;
274         }
275 
276         // The class template we found has the same name as the
277         // (dependent) template name being specialized.
278         if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
279                                     = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
280           if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
281               DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
282             return CreateParsedType(
283                 MemberOfType,
284                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
285 
286           continue;
287         }
288       }
289     }
290   }
291 
292   if (isDependent) {
293     // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
294     // anyway.
295 
296     // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
297     QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
298                                    SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
299                                    II, NameLoc);
300     return ParsedType::make(T);
301   }
302 
303   if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
304     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
305     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
306       << T << SearchType;
307     Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
308       << T;
309   } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
310     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
311       << &II;
312   else {
313     SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
314                                           diag::err_destructor_class_name);
315     if (S) {
316       const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
317       if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
318         DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
319                                                  Class->getNameAsString());
320     }
321   }
322 
323   return nullptr;
324 }
325 
326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
327     if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
328       return nullptr;
329     assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype
330            && "only get destructor types from declspecs");
331     QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
332     QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
333     if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
334       return ParsedType::make(T);
335     }
336 
337     Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
338       << T << SearchType;
339     return nullptr;
340 }
341 
342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
343                                   const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
344   assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
345 
346   if (!SS.isValid())
347     return false;
348 
349   switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
350   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
351   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
352   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
353     // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
354     // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
355     // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
356     // case where the scope is dependent.
357     Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
358       << SS.getScopeRep();
359     return true;
360 
361   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
362   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
363   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
364   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
365     return false;
366   }
367 
368   llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
369 }
370 
371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
373                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
374                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
375                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
376   // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
377   //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
378   //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
379   //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
380   //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
381   Qualifiers Quals;
382   QualType T
383     = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
384                                       Quals);
385   if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
386       RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
387     return ExprError();
388 
389   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
390     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
391 
392   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
393                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
394 }
395 
396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
398                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
399                                 Expr *E,
400                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
401   bool WasEvaluated = false;
402   if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
403     if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
404       ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
405       if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
406       E = result.get();
407     }
408 
409     QualType T = E->getType();
410     if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
411       CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
412       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
413       //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
414       //   shall be completely-defined.
415       if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
416         return ExprError();
417 
418       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
419       //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
420       //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
421       //   operand. [...]
422       if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
423         // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
424         // and recheck the subexpression.
425         ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
426         if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
427         E = Result.get();
428 
429         // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
430         MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
431         WasEvaluated = true;
432       }
433     }
434 
435     // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
436     //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
437     //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
438     //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
439     //   type.
440     Qualifiers Quals;
441     QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
442     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
443       T = UnqualT;
444       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
445     }
446   }
447 
448   if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
449     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
450                      << E->getType());
451   else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
452            E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
453     // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
454     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
455     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
456                               ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
457                               : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
458   }
459 
460   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
461                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
462 }
463 
464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
465 ExprResult
466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
467                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
468   // Find the std::type_info type.
469   if (!getStdNamespace())
470     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
471 
472   if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
473     IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
474     LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
475     LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
476     CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
477     // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
478     // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
479     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
480       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
481       CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
482     }
483     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
484       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
485   }
486 
487   if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
488     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
489   }
490 
491   QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
492 
493   if (isType) {
494     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
495     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
496     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
497                                    &TInfo);
498     if (T.isNull())
499       return ExprError();
500 
501     if (!TInfo)
502       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
503 
504     return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
505   }
506 
507   // The operand is an expression.
508   return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
509 }
510 
511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
512 /// a single GUID.
513 static void
514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
515                   llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
516   // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
517   const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
518   if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
519     Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
520   else if (QT->isArrayType())
521     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
522 
523   const auto *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
524   if (!RD)
525     return;
526 
527   if (const auto *Uuid = RD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
528     UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
529     return;
530   }
531 
532   // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
533   if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
534     const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
535     for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
536       const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
537       if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
538         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
539       else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
540         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);
541 
542       if (UuidForTA)
543         UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
544     }
545   }
546 }
547 
548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
550                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
551                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
552                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
553   StringRef UuidStr;
554   if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
555     llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
556     getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
557     if (UuidAttrs.empty())
558       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
559     if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
560       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
561     UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
562   }
563 
564   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr,
565                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
566 }
567 
568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
570                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
571                                 Expr *E,
572                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
573   StringRef UuidStr;
574   if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
575     if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
576       UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000";
577     } else {
578       llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
579       getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
580       if (UuidAttrs.empty())
581         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
582       if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
583         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
584       UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
585     }
586   }
587 
588   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr,
589                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
590 }
591 
592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
593 ExprResult
594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
595                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
596   // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
597   if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
598     IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
599     LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
600     LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
601     MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
602     if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
603       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
604   }
605 
606   QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
607 
608   if (isType) {
609     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
610     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
611     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
612                                    &TInfo);
613     if (T.isNull())
614       return ExprError();
615 
616     if (!TInfo)
617       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
618 
619     return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
620   }
621 
622   // The operand is an expression.
623   return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
624 }
625 
626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
627 ExprResult
628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
629   assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
630          "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
631   return new (Context)
632       CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
633 }
634 
635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
636 ExprResult
637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
638   return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
639 }
640 
641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
642 ExprResult
643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
644   bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
645   if (Ex) {
646     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
647     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
648     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
649     //
650     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
651     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
652     //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
653     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
654     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
655     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
656     //       exception object
657     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
658       if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
659         if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
660           for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
661             if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
662               IsThrownVarInScope = true;
663               break;
664             }
665 
666             if (S->getFlags() &
667                 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
668                  Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
669                  Scope::TryScope))
670               break;
671           }
672         }
673       }
674   }
675 
676   return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
677 }
678 
679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
680                                bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
681   // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
682   if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
683       !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
684     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
685 
686   // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code.
687   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
688     CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions)
689         << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget();
690 
691   if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
692     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
693 
694   if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
695     QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
696     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
697       return ExprError();
698 
699     // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
700     // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
701 
702     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
703     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
704     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
705     //
706     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
707     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
708     //       catch-clause
709     //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
710     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
711     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
712     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
713     //       exception object
714     const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
715     if (IsThrownVarInScope)
716       NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false);
717 
718     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
719         OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
720         /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
721     ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
722         Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
723     if (Res.isInvalid())
724       return ExprError();
725     Ex = Res.get();
726   }
727 
728   return new (Context)
729       CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
730 }
731 
732 static void
733 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
734                    llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
735                    llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
736                    llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
737                    bool ParentIsPublic) {
738   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
739     CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
740     bool NewSubobject;
741     // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject.  Non-virtual bases are
742     // always distinct subobjects.
743     if (BS.isVirtual())
744       NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
745     else
746       NewSubobject = true;
747 
748     if (NewSubobject)
749       ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
750 
751     // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
752     bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
753     if (PublicPath)
754       PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
755 
756     // Recurse on to each base subobject.
757     collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
758                        PublicPath);
759   }
760 }
761 
762 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
763     CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
764   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
765   llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
766   llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
767   SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
768   PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
769   collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
770                      /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
771 
772   for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
773     // Skip ambiguous objects.
774     if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
775       continue;
776 
777     Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
778   }
779 }
780 
781 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
782 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
783                                 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
784   //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
785   //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
786   QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
787   bool isPointer = false;
788   if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
789     Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
790     isPointer = true;
791   }
792   if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
793     if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
794                             isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
795                                       : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
796                             E->getSourceRange()))
797       return true;
798 
799     if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
800                                diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
801       return true;
802   }
803 
804   // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
805   CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
806   if (!RD)
807     return false;
808 
809   // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
810   // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
811   MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
812 
813   // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
814   if (isPointer)
815     return false;
816 
817   // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
818   if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
819     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
820       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
821       CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
822                             PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
823       if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
824         return true;
825     }
826   }
827 
828   // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
829   // object.  This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
830   // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
831   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
832     // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
833     // the exception object.  Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
834     // inaccessible are not catchable types.
835     llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
836     getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
837 
838     for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
839       // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor.  Various pieces of machinery
840       // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
841       // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls.  Instead, we must perform
842       // lookup and overload resolution.
843       CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
844       if (!CD)
845         continue;
846 
847       // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
848       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
849 
850       // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
851       // in the catchable type data.
852       if (CD->isTrivial())
853         continue;
854 
855       // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
856       // type to this constructor.
857       // N.B.  The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
858       // particular throw-site.  Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
859       // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
860       // friendship or any other means).
861       Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
862 
863       // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
864       // we must rebuild them here.
865       for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
866         // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated.
867         if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I))
868           continue;
869 
870         Expr *DefaultArg =
871             BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get();
872         Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg);
873       }
874     }
875   }
876 
877   return false;
878 }
879 
880 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(
881     ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy,
882     DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) {
883 
884   QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
885   LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr;
886   DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext;
887 
888   // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to
889   // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since
890   // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object.
891   // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its
892   // member function.  We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate
893   // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this'
894   // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that
895   // capturing lamdbda's call operator.
896   //
897 
898   // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack
899   // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But
900   // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even
901   // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so
902   // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for
903   // capture information.  The reason we don't just resort to always using the
904   // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions
905   // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated.
906 
907   for (int I = FunctionScopes.size();
908        I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
909        CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) {
910     CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
911 
912     if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured())
913         continue;
914 
915     auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture();
916 
917     if (C.isCopyCapture()) {
918       ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
919       if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst())
920         ClassType.addConst();
921       return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
922     }
923   }
924   // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can
925   // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas)
926   if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) {
927     assert(CurLSI);
928     assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator));
929     assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator));
930 
931     auto IsThisCaptured =
932         [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) {
933       IsConst = false;
934       IsByCopy = false;
935       for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) {
936         if (C.capturesThis()) {
937           if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis)
938             IsByCopy = true;
939           if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst())
940             IsConst = true;
941           return true;
942         }
943       }
944       return false;
945     };
946 
947     bool IsByCopyCapture = false;
948     bool IsConstCapture = false;
949     CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent());
950     while (Closure &&
951            IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) {
952       if (IsByCopyCapture) {
953         ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
954         if (IsConstCapture)
955           ClassType.addConst();
956         return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
957       }
958       Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent())
959                     ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent())
960                     : nullptr;
961     }
962   }
963   return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
964 }
965 
966 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
967   DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
968   QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
969 
970   if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
971     if (method && method->isInstance())
972       ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
973   }
974 
975   if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) &&
976       !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
977 
978     assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) &&
979            "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?");
980 
981     // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default
982     // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover
983     // the 'this' type from it.
984 
985     QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC));
986     // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
987     // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
988     ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
989   }
990 
991   // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this'
992   // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's
993   // captures '*this' by copy.
994   if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext))
995     return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy,
996                                                     CurContext, Context);
997   return ThisTy;
998 }
999 
1000 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
1001                                          Decl *ContextDecl,
1002                                          unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
1003                                          bool Enabled)
1004   : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
1005 {
1006   if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
1007     return;
1008 
1009   CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1010   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
1011     Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
1012   else
1013     Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
1014 
1015   // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else.
1016   CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask;
1017   S.CXXThisTypeOverride
1018     = S.Context.getPointerType(
1019         S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
1020 
1021   this->Enabled = true;
1022 }
1023 
1024 
1025 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
1026   if (Enabled) {
1027     S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
1028   }
1029 }
1030 
1031 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
1032                          QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc,
1033                          const bool ByCopy) {
1034 
1035   QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy;
1036   // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by
1037   // copy').
1038   QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy;
1039   if (ByCopy) {
1040     // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any
1041     // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type
1042     // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'.
1043     CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
1044     CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
1045     AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy);
1046   }
1047 
1048   FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
1049       Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy,
1050       Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false,
1051       ICIS_NoInit);
1052 
1053   Field->setImplicit(true);
1054   Field->setAccess(AS_private);
1055   RD->addDecl(Field);
1056   Expr *This =
1057       new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true);
1058   if (ByCopy) {
1059     Expr *StarThis =  S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc,
1060                                       UO_Deref,
1061                                       This).get();
1062     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(
1063       nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc);
1064     InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
1065     InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
1066     ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
1067     if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr;
1068     return ER.get();
1069   }
1070   return This;
1071 }
1072 
1073 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
1074     bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
1075     const bool ByCopy) {
1076   // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
1077   if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
1078     return true;
1079 
1080   assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");
1081 
1082   const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
1083     *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
1084 
1085   // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
1086   // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
1087   // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.
1088 
1089   // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
1090   // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
1091   //    [*this] { ... }.
1092   // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
1093   // capture.
1094 
1095   // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
1096   // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
1097   // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
1098   // -  or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
1099   // AND
1100   //   -- there is no enclosing closure
1101   //   -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
1102   //      *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
1103   //      and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
1104   //   -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
1105   //      *enclosing object*
1106 
1107 
1108   unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
1109   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
1110     if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
1111             dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
1112       if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
1113         // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
1114         break;
1115       }
1116       LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
1117       if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
1118         // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1119         if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1120           Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1121               << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1122         return true;
1123       }
1124       if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
1125           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
1126           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
1127           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
1128           (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
1129         // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
1130         // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
1131         // if any, must perform implicit captures.
1132 
1133         // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
1134         NumCapturingClosures++;
1135         continue;
1136       }
1137       // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1138       if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1139         Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1140             << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1141       return true;
1142     }
1143     break;
1144   }
1145   if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
1146 
1147   // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
1148   // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
1149   // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).
1150 
1151   // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
1152   // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below).  Ignore it for
1153   // all enclosing closure's upto NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
1154   // implicitly capturing the *enclosing  object* by reference (see loop
1155   // above)).
1156   assert((!ByCopy ||
1157           dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
1158          "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
1159          "*this) by copy");
1160   // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
1161   // contexts.
1162   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1163   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
1164       --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
1165     CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
1166     Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
1167 
1168     if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
1169       // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression,
1170       // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first
1171       // iteration.
1172       ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc,
1173                              ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1174 
1175     } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
1176         = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
1177       ThisExpr =
1178           captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc,
1179                       false/*ByCopy*/);
1180 
1181     bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
1182     CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy);
1183   }
1184   return false;
1185 }
1186 
1187 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
1188   /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
1189   /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
1190   /// which the function is called.
1191 
1192   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1193   if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
1194 
1195   CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
1196   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
1197 }
1198 
1199 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
1200   // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
1201   // type for 'this'.
1202   if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
1203     return false;
1204 
1205   // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
1206   // defined.
1207   CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1208   return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
1209 }
1210 
1211 ExprResult
1212 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
1213                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1214                                 MultiExprArg exprs,
1215                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1216   if (!TypeRep)
1217     return ExprError();
1218 
1219   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1220   QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
1221   if (!TInfo)
1222     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
1223 
1224   auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
1225   // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos.
1226   // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without
1227   // checking for embedded typos.
1228   if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() &&
1229       !Result.get()->isTypeDependent())
1230     Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get());
1231   return Result;
1232 }
1233 
1234 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
1235 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
1236 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
1237 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
1238 ExprResult
1239 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1240                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1241                                 MultiExprArg Exprs,
1242                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1243   QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
1244   SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
1245 
1246   if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
1247     return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
1248                                               RParenLoc);
1249   }
1250 
1251   bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
1252   assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])))
1253          && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
1254   SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
1255       ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);
1256 
1257   // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
1258   // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
1259   // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
1260   // corresponding cast expression.
1261   if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
1262     Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
1263     return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
1264   }
1265 
1266   // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a
1267   //   simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete
1268   //   object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue
1269   //   of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing
1270   //   an object of type T.
1271   QualType ElemTy = Ty;
1272   if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
1273     if (!ListInitialization)
1274       return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
1275                             diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
1276     ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
1277   }
1278 
1279   if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType())
1280     return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type)
1281                      << FullRange);
1282 
1283   if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
1284       RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
1285                           diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
1286     return ExprError();
1287 
1288   if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
1289                              diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1290     return ExprError();
1291 
1292   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
1293   InitializationKind Kind =
1294       Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization
1295       ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
1296       : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
1297       : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1298   InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1299   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1300 
1301   if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
1302     return Result;
1303 
1304   Expr *Inner = Result.get();
1305   if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
1306     Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
1307   if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) {
1308     // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
1309     // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
1310     // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
1311     //
1312     // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
1313     // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
1314     // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
1315     // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
1316     QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
1317     Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
1318         Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo,
1319         CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1320   }
1321 
1322   return Result;
1323 }
1324 
1325 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1326 /// deallocation function.
1327 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
1328   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1329     return false;
1330 
1331   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1332     return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1333 
1334   if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
1335       FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
1336     return false;
1337 
1338   unsigned UsualParams = 1;
1339 
1340   if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
1341       S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1342           FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
1343           S.Context.getSizeType()))
1344     ++UsualParams;
1345 
1346   if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
1347       S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1348           FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
1349           S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT())))
1350     ++UsualParams;
1351 
1352   return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams();
1353 }
1354 
1355 namespace {
1356   struct UsualDeallocFnInfo {
1357     UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {}
1358     UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found)
1359         : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())),
1360           HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
1361       // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function.
1362       if (!FD)
1363         return;
1364       if (FD->getNumParams() == 3)
1365         HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true;
1366       else if (FD->getNumParams() == 2) {
1367         HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isIntegerType();
1368         HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT;
1369       }
1370 
1371       // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this.
1372       if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA)
1373         if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
1374           CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD);
1375     }
1376 
1377     operator bool() const { return FD; }
1378 
1379     bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize,
1380                       bool WantAlign) const {
1381       // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
1382       //   If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter
1383       //   of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without
1384       //   such a parameter is preferred
1385       if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT)
1386         return HasAlignValT == WantAlign;
1387 
1388       if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT)
1389         return HasSizeT == WantSize;
1390 
1391       // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker.
1392       return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref;
1393     }
1394 
1395     DeclAccessPair Found;
1396     FunctionDecl *FD;
1397     bool HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
1398     Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref;
1399   };
1400 }
1401 
1402 /// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when
1403 /// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee
1404 /// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is
1405 /// not known.
1406 static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) {
1407   return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
1408          S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) >
1409              S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
1410 }
1411 
1412 /// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of
1413 /// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope).
1414 static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload(
1415     Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign,
1416     llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) {
1417   UsualDeallocFnInfo Best;
1418 
1419   for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1420     UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair());
1421     if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) ||
1422         Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never)
1423       continue;
1424 
1425     if (!Best) {
1426       Best = Info;
1427       if (BestFns)
1428         BestFns->push_back(Info);
1429       continue;
1430     }
1431 
1432     if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign))
1433       continue;
1434 
1435     //   If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred
1436     //   functions are eliminated from further consideration.
1437     if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign))
1438       BestFns->clear();
1439 
1440     Best = Info;
1441     if (BestFns)
1442       BestFns->push_back(Info);
1443   }
1444 
1445   return Best;
1446 }
1447 
1448 /// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call
1449 /// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that
1450 /// we need to store the array size (even if the type is
1451 /// trivially-destructible).
1452 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1453                                          QualType allocType) {
1454   const RecordType *record =
1455     allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
1456   if (!record) return false;
1457 
1458   // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
1459 
1460   DeclarationName deleteName =
1461     S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
1462   LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1463   S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
1464 
1465   // We're just doing this for information.
1466   ops.suppressDiagnostics();
1467 
1468   // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
1469   if (ops.empty()) return false;
1470 
1471   // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
1472   // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
1473   if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
1474 
1475   // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
1476   //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
1477   //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
1478   auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload(
1479       S, ops, /*WantSize*/false,
1480       /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType));
1481   return Best && Best.HasSizeT;
1482 }
1483 
1484 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
1485 ///
1486 /// E.g.:
1487 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
1488 /// or
1489 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
1490 ///
1491 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
1492 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
1493 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
1494 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
1495 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
1496 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
1497 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
1498 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
1499 ///   if there is none.
1500 ExprResult
1501 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
1502                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1503                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1504                   Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
1505   bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType();
1506 
1507   Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
1508   // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
1509   if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
1510       D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
1511      DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
1512     if (TypeContainsAuto)
1513       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
1514         << D.getSourceRange());
1515     if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
1516       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
1517         << D.getSourceRange());
1518     if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
1519       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
1520         << D.getSourceRange());
1521 
1522     ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
1523     D.DropFirstTypeObject();
1524   }
1525 
1526   // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
1527   if (ArraySize) {
1528     for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
1529       if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
1530         break;
1531 
1532       DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
1533       if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
1534         if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
1535           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1536 	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
1537 	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
1538 	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
1539             unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
1540             assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1541             llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
1542             Array.NumElts
1543              = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
1544                                                 CCEK_NewExpr)
1545                  .get();
1546           } else {
1547             Array.NumElts
1548               = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
1549                                                 diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
1550                   .get();
1551           }
1552           if (!Array.NumElts)
1553             return ExprError();
1554         }
1555       }
1556     }
1557   }
1558 
1559   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
1560   QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
1561   if (D.isInvalidType())
1562     return ExprError();
1563 
1564   SourceRange DirectInitRange;
1565   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
1566     DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
1567 
1568   return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
1569                      PlacementLParen,
1570                      PlacementArgs,
1571                      PlacementRParen,
1572                      TypeIdParens,
1573                      AllocType,
1574                      TInfo,
1575                      ArraySize,
1576                      DirectInitRange,
1577                      Initializer,
1578                      TypeContainsAuto);
1579 }
1580 
1581 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
1582                                        Expr *Init) {
1583   if (!Init)
1584     return true;
1585   if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
1586     return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
1587   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
1588     return true;
1589   else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
1590     return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
1591            CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
1592   else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
1593     assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
1594            "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
1595     return true;
1596   }
1597   return false;
1598 }
1599 
1600 ExprResult
1601 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
1602                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
1603                   MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1604                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
1605                   SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1606                   QualType AllocType,
1607                   TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
1608                   Expr *ArraySize,
1609                   SourceRange DirectInitRange,
1610                   Expr *Initializer,
1611                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
1612   SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
1613   SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
1614 
1615   CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
1616   if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
1617     assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
1618     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
1619   } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
1620     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
1621   else {
1622     assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
1623             isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
1624            "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
1625     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
1626   }
1627 
1628   Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
1629   unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
1630   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1631     assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
1632     Inits = List->getExprs();
1633     NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
1634   }
1635 
1636   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
1637   if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
1638     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
1639       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
1640                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1641     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
1642         (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
1643       return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1644                             diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
1645                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1646     if (NumInits > 1) {
1647       Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
1648       return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
1649                             diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
1650                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1651     }
1652     Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
1653     QualType DeducedType;
1654     if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
1655       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
1656                        << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
1657                        << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
1658     if (DeducedType.isNull())
1659       return ExprError();
1660     AllocType = DeducedType;
1661   }
1662 
1663   // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
1664   // typedef of an array type.
1665   if (!ArraySize) {
1666     if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
1667                               = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
1668       ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
1669                                          Context.getSizeType(),
1670                                          TypeRange.getEnd());
1671       AllocType = Array->getElementType();
1672     }
1673   }
1674 
1675   if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
1676     return ExprError();
1677 
1678   if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
1679       isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
1680     Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1681          diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
1682         << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
1683   }
1684 
1685   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
1686   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1687       AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1688       AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
1689     AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
1690                                     AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
1691   }
1692 
1693   QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
1694 
1695   if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
1696     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
1697     if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1698     ArraySize = result.get();
1699   }
1700   // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
1701   //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
1702   // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
1703   //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
1704   //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
1705   // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
1706   //   std::size_t.
1707   llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize;
1708   if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
1709     ExprResult ConvertedSize;
1710     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1711       assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1712 
1713       ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
1714 						AA_Converting);
1715 
1716       if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
1717           ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
1718         // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
1719         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
1720           << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
1721     } else {
1722       class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1723       protected:
1724         Expr *ArraySize;
1725 
1726       public:
1727         SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
1728             : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
1729               ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
1730 
1731         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1732                                              QualType T) override {
1733           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
1734                    << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
1735         }
1736 
1737         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
1738             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1739           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
1740                    << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1741         }
1742 
1743         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1744             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
1745           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
1746         }
1747 
1748         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
1749             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1750           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1751                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1752         }
1753 
1754         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
1755             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1756           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
1757         }
1758 
1759         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
1760             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1761           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1762                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1763         }
1764 
1765         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1766                                                  QualType T,
1767                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
1768           return S.Diag(Loc,
1769                         S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
1770                           ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
1771                           : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
1772                    << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1773         }
1774       } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);
1775 
1776       ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
1777                                                           SizeDiagnoser);
1778     }
1779     if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
1780       return ExprError();
1781 
1782     ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
1783     QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
1784 
1785     if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
1786       return ExprError();
1787 
1788     // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
1789     //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
1790     //   with a non-negative value.
1791     //
1792     // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand,
1793     // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an
1794     // unparenthesized array type.
1795     if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
1796       llvm::APSInt Value;
1797       // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
1798       // unscoped enumeration type.
1799       // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to
1800       // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in
1801       // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here!
1802       if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
1803         if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
1804           return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1805                                 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
1806                            << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1807         }
1808 
1809         if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
1810           unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
1811             ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
1812           if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context))
1813             return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1814                                   diag::err_array_too_large)
1815                              << Value.toString(10)
1816                              << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1817         }
1818 
1819         KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue();
1820       } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
1821         // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
1822         Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
1823           << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
1824           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
1825           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
1826 
1827         TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
1828       }
1829     }
1830 
1831     // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
1832     // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
1833   }
1834 
1835   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
1836   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1837   unsigned Alignment =
1838       AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType);
1839   unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
1840   bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
1841                        Alignment > NewAlignment;
1842 
1843   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1844       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
1845       FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
1846                               SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
1847                               UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment,
1848                               PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
1849     return ExprError();
1850 
1851   // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
1852   // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
1853   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
1854   if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
1855     UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
1856         doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
1857 
1858   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
1859   if (OperatorNew) {
1860     const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
1861         OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1862     VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
1863                                                     : VariadicDoesNotApply;
1864 
1865     // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
1866     // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
1867     // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the
1868     // alignment; we've already filled it in.
1869     if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto,
1870                                PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs,
1871                                AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
1872       return ExprError();
1873 
1874     if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
1875       PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
1876 
1877     // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
1878     DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
1879 
1880     // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
1881 
1882     // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned)
1883     // global operator new.
1884     if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment &&
1885         (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
1886          (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() &&
1887           getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) {
1888       if (Alignment > NewAlignment)
1889         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
1890             << AllocType
1891             << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth())
1892             << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth());
1893     }
1894   }
1895 
1896   // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
1897   // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
1898   // dialect distinction.
1899   if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
1900     SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1901                           Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
1902     Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1903     return ExprError();
1904   }
1905 
1906   // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
1907   // do it now.
1908   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1909       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
1910           llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
1911     // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound.
1912     QualType InitType;
1913     if (KnownArraySize)
1914       InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
1915           AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()),
1916                                  *KnownArraySize),
1917           ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1918     else if (ArraySize)
1919       InitType =
1920           Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1921     else
1922       InitType = AllocType;
1923 
1924     // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
1925     //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1926     //   object as follows:
1927     InitializationKind Kind
1928     //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1929     //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1930     //       the object has indeterminate value
1931       = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
1932           ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
1933     //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
1934     //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
1935           : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
1936               ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
1937               : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
1938                                                  DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
1939                                                  DirectInitRange.getEnd());
1940 
1941     InitializedEntity Entity
1942       = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
1943     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind,
1944                                    MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1945     ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
1946                                           MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1947     if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1948       return ExprError();
1949 
1950     // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
1951     // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
1952     // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place.
1953     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
1954             dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
1955       FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
1956 
1957     Initializer = FullInit.get();
1958   }
1959 
1960   // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1961   if (OperatorNew) {
1962     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
1963       return ExprError();
1964     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1965   }
1966   if (OperatorDelete) {
1967     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
1968       return ExprError();
1969     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1970   }
1971 
1972   // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
1973   //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
1974   //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
1975   QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1976   if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
1977     if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1978       if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
1979               cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
1980         MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
1981         CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
1982                               PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
1983                                 << BaseAllocType);
1984         if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
1985           return ExprError();
1986       }
1987     }
1988   }
1989 
1990   return new (Context)
1991       CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment,
1992                  UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
1993                  ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
1994                  Range, DirectInitRange);
1995 }
1996 
1997 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
1998 /// in a new-expression.
1999 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
2000                               SourceRange R) {
2001   // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
2002   //   abstract class type or array thereof.
2003   if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
2004     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
2005       << AllocType << 0 << R;
2006   else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
2007     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
2008       << AllocType << 1 << R;
2009   else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
2010            RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
2011     return true;
2012   else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
2013                                   diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
2014     return true;
2015   else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
2016     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
2017              << AllocType;
2018   else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
2019     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
2020       << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
2021   else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
2022     if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
2023       QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
2024       if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
2025           BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
2026         return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
2027           << BaseAllocType;
2028     }
2029   }
2030 
2031   return false;
2032 }
2033 
2034 static bool
2035 resolveAllocationOverload(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range,
2036                           SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, bool &PassAlignment,
2037                           FunctionDecl *&Operator,
2038                           OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates = nullptr,
2039                           Expr *AlignArg = nullptr) {
2040   OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
2041                                   OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
2042   for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2043        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2044     // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
2045     // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
2046     NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2047 
2048     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2049       S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
2050                                      /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
2051                                      Candidates,
2052                                      /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2053       continue;
2054     }
2055 
2056     FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2057     S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
2058                            /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2059   }
2060 
2061   // Do the resolution.
2062   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2063   switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
2064   case OR_Success: {
2065     // Got one!
2066     FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
2067     if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(),
2068                                 Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible)
2069       return true;
2070 
2071     Operator = FnDecl;
2072     return false;
2073   }
2074 
2075   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2076     // C++17 [expr.new]p13:
2077     //   If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has
2078     //   new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the
2079     //   argument list, and overload resolution is performed again.
2080     if (PassAlignment) {
2081       PassAlignment = false;
2082       AlignArg = Args[1];
2083       Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
2084       return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
2085                                        Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg);
2086     }
2087 
2088     // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
2089     // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
2090     // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
2091     // will not replicate that bug.
2092     // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback
2093     // once MSVC implements it.
2094     if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New &&
2095         S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2096       R.clear();
2097       R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New));
2098       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2099       // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions.
2100       return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
2101                                        Operator, nullptr);
2102     }
2103 
2104     S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2105       << R.getLookupName() << Range;
2106 
2107     // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates
2108     // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from
2109     // Candidates.
2110     if (AlignedCandidates) {
2111       auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
2112         return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
2113                C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
2114       };
2115       auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };
2116 
2117       // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates
2118       // first.
2119       Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg);
2120       AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "",
2121                                         R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
2122       Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
2123       Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(),
2124                                 IsUnaligned);
2125     } else {
2126       Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2127     }
2128     return true;
2129 
2130   case OR_Ambiguous:
2131     S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
2132       << R.getLookupName() << Range;
2133     Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
2134     return true;
2135 
2136   case OR_Deleted: {
2137     S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
2138       << Best->Function->isDeleted()
2139       << R.getLookupName()
2140       << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
2141       << Range;
2142     Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2143     return true;
2144   }
2145   }
2146   llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
2147 }
2148 
2149 
2150 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
2151 /// that are appropriate for the allocation.
2152 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
2153                                    bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
2154                                    bool IsArray, bool &PassAlignment,
2155                                    MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
2156                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
2157                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
2158   // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
2159   // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
2160   // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
2161   //   in the scope of the allocated class.
2162   // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
2163   //   operator new.
2164   // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
2165   //   placement form.
2166 
2167   SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs;
2168   AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size());
2169 
2170   // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments.
2171   // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
2172   // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
2173   // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if.
2174   IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
2175                       Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
2176                       Context.getSizeType(),
2177                       SourceLocation());
2178   AllocArgs.push_back(&Size);
2179 
2180   QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy;
2181   if (PassAlignment) {
2182     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2183     AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT());
2184   }
2185   CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation());
2186   if (PassAlignment)
2187     AllocArgs.push_back(&Align);
2188 
2189   AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end());
2190 
2191   // C++ [expr.new]p8:
2192   //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
2193   //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
2194   //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
2195   //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
2196   //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
2197   DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2198       IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
2199 
2200   QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
2201 
2202   // Find the allocation function.
2203   {
2204     LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2205 
2206     // C++1z [expr.new]p9:
2207     //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation
2208     //   function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the
2209     //   allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation
2210     //   function's name is looked up in the scope of T.
2211     if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal)
2212       LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
2213 
2214     // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in
2215     // multiple base classes.
2216     if (R.isAmbiguous())
2217       return true;
2218 
2219     //   If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not
2220     //   a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the
2221     //   global scope.
2222     if (R.empty())
2223       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2224 
2225     assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
2226     assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
2227 
2228     // We do our own custom access checks below.
2229     R.suppressDiagnostics();
2230 
2231     if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment,
2232                                   OperatorNew))
2233       return true;
2234   }
2235 
2236   // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions.
2237   if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
2238     OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2239     return false;
2240   }
2241 
2242   // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to
2243   // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload.
2244   DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2245       OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New
2246           ? OO_Array_Delete
2247           : OO_Delete);
2248 
2249   // C++ [expr.new]p19:
2250   //
2251   //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
2252   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
2253   //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
2254   //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
2255   //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
2256   //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
2257   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
2258   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2259   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
2260     CXXRecordDecl *RD
2261       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2262     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
2263   }
2264   if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
2265     return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
2266 
2267   bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty();
2268   if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
2269     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2270     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2271   }
2272 
2273   FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
2274 
2275   SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
2276 
2277   // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
2278   // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
2279   // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
2280   //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
2281   //   A *a = new A()
2282   //
2283   // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function"
2284   // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose
2285   // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t).
2286   //
2287   // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement?
2288   // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned
2289   // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete.
2290   bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 ||
2291                         OperatorNew->isVariadic();
2292 
2293   if (isPlacementNew) {
2294     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2295     //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
2296     //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
2297     //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
2298     //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
2299     //   identical. [...]
2300     //
2301     // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
2302     // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
2303     // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
2304     //
2305     // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
2306     QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
2307     {
2308       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
2309         = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2310 
2311       SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
2312       ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
2313       for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
2314         ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
2315 
2316       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2317       // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule.
2318       EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
2319       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_BasicNoexcept;
2320 
2321       ExpectedFunctionType
2322         = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
2323     }
2324 
2325     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2326                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2327          D != DEnd; ++D) {
2328       FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
2329       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
2330             = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2331         // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
2332         // expected function type.
2333         TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
2334         if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
2335                                     Info))
2336           continue;
2337       } else
2338         Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
2339 
2340       if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
2341         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
2342     }
2343 
2344     if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
2345       EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2346   } else {
2347     // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
2348     //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
2349     //   function lookup is used
2350     //
2351     // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete
2352     // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete
2353     // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case).
2354     llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns;
2355     UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload(
2356         *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete,
2357         /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType),
2358         &BestDeallocFns);
2359     if (Selected)
2360       Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD));
2361     else {
2362       // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable
2363       // but ambiguous.
2364       for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns)
2365         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD));
2366     }
2367   }
2368 
2369   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2370   //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
2371   //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
2372   //   deallocation function will be called.
2373   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2374     OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
2375 
2376     // C++1z [expr.new]p23:
2377     //   If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2)
2378     //   with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered
2379     //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
2380     //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
2381     //   is ill-formed.
2382     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew &&
2383         isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
2384       UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this,
2385                               DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public));
2386       // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09:
2387       //   If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding
2388       //   non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized
2389       //   deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter.
2390       bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT;
2391       if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) {
2392         auto NonSizedDelete =
2393             resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false,
2394                                         /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT);
2395         if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT &&
2396             NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT)
2397           IsSizedDelete = false;
2398       }
2399 
2400       if (IsSizedDelete) {
2401         SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty()
2402                             ? SourceRange()
2403                             : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
2404                                           PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
2405         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R;
2406         if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
2407           Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2408               << DeleteName;
2409       }
2410     }
2411 
2412     CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
2413                           Matches[0].first);
2414   } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
2415     // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we
2416     // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user.
2417     // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw.
2418     Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found)
2419       << DeleteName << AllocElemType;
2420 
2421     for (auto &Match : Matches)
2422       Diag(Match.second->getLocation(),
2423            diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName;
2424   }
2425 
2426   return false;
2427 }
2428 
2429 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
2430 /// delete. These are:
2431 /// @code
2432 ///   // C++03:
2433 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2434 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2435 ///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
2436 ///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
2437 ///   // C++11:
2438 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2439 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2440 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2441 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2442 ///   // C++1y:
2443 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2444 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2445 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2446 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2447 ///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2448 ///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2449 /// @endcode
2450 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
2451 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
2452 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
2453   if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
2454     return;
2455 
2456   // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
2457   //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
2458   //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
2459   //   program
2460   //
2461   //     C++03:
2462   //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2463   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2464   //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
2465   //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
2466   //     C++11:
2467   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2468   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2469   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2470   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2471   //     C++1y:
2472   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2473   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2474   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2475   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2476   //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2477   //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2478   //
2479   //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
2480   //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
2481   //
2482   // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
2483   // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
2484   // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
2485   // lookup.
2486   if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2487     // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
2488     // implicitly.
2489     StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
2490                                         getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
2491                                         SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2492                                       &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
2493                                         nullptr);
2494     getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
2495   }
2496   if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) {
2497     // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it
2498     // implicitly.
2499     auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create(
2500         Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2501         &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true);
2502     AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType());
2503     AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType());
2504     AlignValT->setImplicit(true);
2505     StdAlignValT = AlignValT;
2506   }
2507 
2508   GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
2509 
2510   QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2511   QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
2512 
2513   auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind,
2514                                               QualType Return, QualType Param) {
2515     llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params;
2516     Params.push_back(Param);
2517 
2518     // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned).
2519     bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation &&
2520                            (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete);
2521     bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation;
2522 
2523     int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1);
2524     int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1);
2525     for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) {
2526       if (Sized)
2527         Params.push_back(SizeT);
2528 
2529       for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) {
2530         if (Aligned)
2531           Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()));
2532 
2533         DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2534             Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params);
2535 
2536         if (Aligned)
2537           Params.pop_back();
2538       }
2539     }
2540   };
2541 
2542   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
2543   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
2544   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2545   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2546 }
2547 
2548 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
2549 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
2550 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
2551                                            QualType Return,
2552                                            ArrayRef<QualType> Params) {
2553   DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2554 
2555   // Check if this function is already declared.
2556   DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
2557   for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2558        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2559     // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
2560     // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
2561     if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
2562       if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) {
2563         llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams;
2564         for (auto *P : Func->parameters())
2565           FuncParams.push_back(
2566               Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType()));
2567         if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) {
2568           // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
2569           // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
2570           // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
2571           Func->setHidden(false);
2572           return;
2573         }
2574       }
2575     }
2576   }
2577 
2578   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2579 
2580   QualType BadAllocType;
2581   bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
2582     = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
2583        Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
2584   if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
2585     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2586       BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
2587       assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
2588       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
2589       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
2590     }
2591   } else {
2592     EPI.ExceptionSpec =
2593         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
2594   }
2595 
2596   auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) {
2597     QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI);
2598     FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create(
2599         Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name,
2600         FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
2601     Alloc->setImplicit();
2602 
2603     // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
2604     Alloc->addAttr(
2605         VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, VisibilityAttr::Default));
2606 
2607     llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls;
2608     for (QualType T : Params) {
2609       ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(
2610           Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T,
2611           /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr));
2612       ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit();
2613     }
2614     Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls);
2615     if (ExtraAttr)
2616       Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr);
2617     Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
2618     IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
2619   };
2620 
2621   if (!LangOpts.CUDA)
2622     CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr);
2623   else {
2624     // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be
2625     // defined or re-declared independently.
2626     CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
2627     CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
2628   }
2629 }
2630 
2631 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2632                                                   bool CanProvideSize,
2633                                                   bool Overaligned,
2634                                                   DeclarationName Name) {
2635   DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2636 
2637   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2638   LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2639 
2640   // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a
2641   // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We
2642   // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation
2643   // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case.
2644   auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize,
2645                                             Overaligned);
2646   assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?");
2647   return Result.FD;
2648 }
2649 
2650 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc,
2651                                                           CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
2652   DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
2653 
2654   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2655   if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete))
2656     return nullptr;
2657   if (OperatorDelete)
2658     return OperatorDelete;
2659 
2660   // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global
2661   // non-array delete.
2662   return FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
2663       Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)),
2664       Name);
2665 }
2666 
2667 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2668                                     DeclarationName Name,
2669                                     FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) {
2670   LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2671   // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
2672   LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
2673 
2674   if (Found.isAmbiguous())
2675     return true;
2676 
2677   Found.suppressDiagnostics();
2678 
2679   bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD));
2680 
2681   // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
2682   //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
2683   //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
2684   llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches;
2685   resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false,
2686                               /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches);
2687 
2688   // If we could find an overload, use it.
2689   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2690     Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD);
2691 
2692     // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl?
2693     if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
2694       if (Diagnose) {
2695         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
2696         NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
2697       }
2698       return true;
2699     }
2700 
2701     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
2702                               Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2703       return true;
2704 
2705     return false;
2706   }
2707 
2708   // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
2709   // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent
2710   // is that this should never happen.
2711   if (!Matches.empty()) {
2712     if (Diagnose) {
2713       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2714         << Name << RD;
2715       for (auto &Match : Matches)
2716         Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2717     }
2718     return true;
2719   }
2720 
2721   // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
2722   // none of them were suitable.
2723   if (!Found.empty()) {
2724     if (Diagnose) {
2725       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2726         << Name << RD;
2727 
2728       for (NamedDecl *D : Found)
2729         Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2730              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2731     }
2732     return true;
2733   }
2734 
2735   Operator = nullptr;
2736   return false;
2737 }
2738 
2739 namespace {
2740 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
2741 ///  initializing deletee have the same array form.
2742 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
2743 public:
2744   enum MismatchResult {
2745     /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
2746     NoMismatch,
2747     /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2748     VarInitMismatches,
2749     /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2750     MemberInitMismatches,
2751     /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
2752     /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
2753     AnalyzeLater
2754   };
2755 
2756   /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
2757   /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
2758   /// delete-expression was encountered.
2759   explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
2760       : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
2761         HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
2762 
2763   /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
2764   /// matching form of new-expression.
2765   ///
2766   /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
2767   /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
2768   /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
2769   /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
2770   /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
2771   /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
2772   /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
2773   MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
2774   /// \brief Analyzes a class member.
2775   /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
2776   /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
2777   /// for deleting the \p Field.
2778   MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
2779   FieldDecl *Field;
2780   /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
2781   llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
2782   /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
2783   bool IsArrayForm;
2784 
2785 private:
2786   const bool EndOfTU;
2787   /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
2788   bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
2789   /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
2790   /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
2791   /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
2792   const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
2793   /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
2794   /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
2795   ///
2796   /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
2797   /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
2798   /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
2799   /// \c NoMismatch.
2800   MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
2801   /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
2802   /// \c new.
2803   ///
2804   /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
2805   /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
2806   /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
2807   /// \param D Variable to analyze.
2808   bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
2809   /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
2810   /// form of \c new.
2811   ///
2812   /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
2813   /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
2814   /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
2815   /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
2816   /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
2817   bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
2818   /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
2819   /// \c new in member initializer list.
2820   bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
2821   /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
2822   /// in-class initializer.
2823   MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
2824 };
2825 }
2826 
2827 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2828 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2829   NewExprs.clear();
2830   assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
2831   IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
2832   const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2833   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
2834     return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
2835   } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
2836     if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
2837       return VarInitMismatches;
2838   }
2839   return NoMismatch;
2840 }
2841 
2842 const CXXNewExpr *
2843 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
2844   assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
2845   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2846   if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
2847     if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
2848       E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2849   }
2850 
2851   return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
2852 }
2853 
2854 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
2855     const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
2856   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2857   if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
2858       (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
2859     if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
2860       return true;
2861     else
2862       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2863   }
2864   return false;
2865 }
2866 
2867 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
2868     const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
2869   if (CD->isImplicit())
2870     return false;
2871   const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
2872   if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
2873     HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
2874     return EndOfTU;
2875   }
2876   for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
2877     if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
2878       return true;
2879   }
2880   return false;
2881 }
2882 
2883 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2884 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
2885   assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
2886   const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
2887   if (!InitExpr)
2888     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2889   if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
2890     if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2891       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2892       return MemberInitMismatches;
2893     }
2894   }
2895   return NoMismatch;
2896 }
2897 
2898 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2899 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
2900                                            bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2901   assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
2902   this->Field = Field;
2903   IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
2904   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
2905   for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
2906     if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
2907       return NoMismatch;
2908   }
2909   if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
2910     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2911   if (!NewExprs.empty())
2912     return MemberInitMismatches;
2913   return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
2914                                         : NoMismatch;
2915 }
2916 
2917 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2918 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
2919   assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
2920   if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2921     return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
2922   return NoMismatch;
2923 }
2924 
2925 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
2926   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2927   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
2928     if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
2929         NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2930       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2931     }
2932   }
2933   return NewExprs.empty();
2934 }
2935 
2936 static void
2937 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2938                             const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
2939   SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
2940   FixItHint H;
2941   if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
2942     H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
2943   else {
2944     SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
2945         DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
2946         SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
2947     if (RSquare.isValid())
2948       H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
2949   }
2950   SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
2951       << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
2952 
2953   for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
2954     SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
2955         << Detector.IsArrayForm;
2956 }
2957 
2958 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2959   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
2960     return;
2961   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
2962   switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
2963   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2964   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
2965     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector);
2966     break;
2967   }
2968   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
2969     DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
2970         std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm()));
2971     break;
2972   }
2973   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2974     break;
2975   }
2976 }
2977 
2978 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2979                                      bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2980   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
2981   switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
2982   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2983     llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
2984   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
2985     llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
2986                      "translation unit.");
2987   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
2988     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
2989     break;
2990   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2991     break;
2992   }
2993 }
2994 
2995 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
2996 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
2997 /// or
2998 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
2999 ExprResult
3000 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3001                      bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
3002   // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
3003   //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
3004   //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
3005   //   void.
3006   //
3007   // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
3008 
3009   ExprResult Ex = ExE;
3010   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
3011   bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
3012   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
3013 
3014   if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
3015     // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
3016     Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
3017     if (Ex.isInvalid())
3018       return ExprError();
3019 
3020     QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
3021 
3022     class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
3023     public:
3024       DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
3025 
3026       bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
3027         // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
3028         // the operator T*.
3029         if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
3030           if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
3031             return true;
3032         return false;
3033       }
3034 
3035       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3036                                             QualType T) override {
3037         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
3038       }
3039 
3040       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3041                                                QualType T) override {
3042         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
3043       }
3044 
3045       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3046                                                  QualType T,
3047                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
3048         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
3049       }
3050 
3051       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
3052                                              QualType ConvTy) override {
3053         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
3054           << ConvTy;
3055       }
3056 
3057       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3058                                               QualType T) override {
3059         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
3060       }
3061 
3062       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
3063                                           QualType ConvTy) override {
3064         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
3065           << ConvTy;
3066       }
3067 
3068       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3069                                                QualType T,
3070                                                QualType ConvTy) override {
3071         llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
3072       }
3073     } Converter;
3074 
3075     Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
3076     if (Ex.isInvalid())
3077       return ExprError();
3078     Type = Ex.get()->getType();
3079     if (!Converter.match(Type))
3080       // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
3081       //        itself in this case.
3082       return ExprError();
3083 
3084     QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3085     QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
3086 
3087     if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
3088       return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
3089                   diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
3090                << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
3091 
3092     CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
3093     if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
3094       // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
3095       // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
3096       // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
3097       Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
3098         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
3099     } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
3100       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
3101         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
3102     } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
3103       // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
3104       // module but is hidden.
3105       if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
3106                                diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
3107         if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
3108           PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3109       }
3110     }
3111 
3112     if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
3113       Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
3114           << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
3115           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
3116       ArrayForm = true;
3117     }
3118 
3119     DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3120                                       ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
3121 
3122     if (PointeeRD) {
3123       if (!UseGlobal &&
3124           FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
3125                                    OperatorDelete))
3126         return ExprError();
3127 
3128       // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
3129       // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
3130       if (ArrayForm) {
3131         // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
3132         // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
3133         if (UseGlobal)
3134           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
3135             doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
3136 
3137         // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
3138         // function we just found.
3139         else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
3140           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
3141             UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this,
3142                                DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public))
3143               .HasSizeT;
3144       }
3145 
3146       if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
3147         if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
3148           MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
3149                                     const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
3150           if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
3151             return ExprError();
3152         }
3153 
3154       CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
3155                            /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
3156                            /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
3157                            SourceLocation());
3158     }
3159 
3160     if (!OperatorDelete) {
3161       bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee);
3162       bool CanProvideSize =
3163           IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
3164                          Pointee.isDestructedType());
3165       bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee);
3166 
3167       // Look for a global declaration.
3168       OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize,
3169                                                      Overaligned, DeleteName);
3170     }
3171 
3172     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
3173 
3174     // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
3175     if (PointeeRD) {
3176       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
3177           CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
3178                       PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
3179       }
3180     }
3181   }
3182 
3183   CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
3184       Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
3185       UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
3186   AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
3187   return Result;
3188 }
3189 
3190 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
3191                                 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
3192                                 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
3193                                 SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
3194   if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual)
3195     return;
3196 
3197   // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
3198   //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
3199   //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
3200   //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
3201   //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
3202   //   behavior is undefined.
3203   //
3204   const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
3205   // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
3206   if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
3207     return;
3208 
3209   QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType();
3210   if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
3211     // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
3212     // sure the code has undefined behavior.
3213     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
3214                                                            << ClassType;
3215   } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
3216     // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
3217     // but not necessarily wrong.
3218     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
3219                                                   << ClassType;
3220   }
3221   if (!IsDelete) {
3222     std::string TypeStr;
3223     ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
3224     Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
3225         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
3226   }
3227 }
3228 
3229 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
3230                                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3231                                                    ConditionKind CK) {
3232   ExprResult E =
3233       CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK);
3234   if (E.isInvalid())
3235     return ConditionError();
3236   return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc),
3237                          CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
3238 }
3239 
3240 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
3241 /// while, do-while, or switch statement.
3242 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3243                                         SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3244                                         ConditionKind CK) {
3245   if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
3246     return ExprError();
3247 
3248   QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
3249 
3250   // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
3251   //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
3252   if (T->isFunctionType())
3253     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3254                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
3255                        << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
3256   else if (T->isArrayType())
3257     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3258                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
3259                      << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
3260 
3261   ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
3262       Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
3263       /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3264       ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
3265 
3266   MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));
3267 
3268   switch (CK) {
3269   case ConditionKind::Boolean:
3270     return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
3271 
3272   case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
3273     return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true);
3274 
3275   case ConditionKind::Switch:
3276     return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
3277   }
3278 
3279   llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind");
3280 }
3281 
3282 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
3283 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) {
3284   // C++ 6.4p4:
3285   // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
3286   // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
3287   // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
3288   // program is ill-formed.
3289   // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
3290   // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
3291   //
3292   // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it.
3293   llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1);
3294   return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent())
3295              ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value,
3296                                                 CCEK_ConstexprIf)
3297              : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
3298 }
3299 
3300 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
3301 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
3302 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
3303 /// respectively).
3304 bool
3305 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
3306   // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
3307   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
3308     From = Cast->getSubExpr();
3309 
3310   // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
3311   // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
3312   // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
3313   // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
3314   if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
3315     if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
3316       if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
3317           = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3318         // This conversion is considered only when there is an
3319         // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
3320         if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
3321           switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
3322             case StringLiteral::UTF8:
3323             case StringLiteral::UTF16:
3324             case StringLiteral::UTF32:
3325               // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
3326               break;
3327             case StringLiteral::Ascii:
3328               return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
3329                       ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
3330             case StringLiteral::Wide:
3331               return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(),
3332                                                 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0));
3333           }
3334         }
3335       }
3336 
3337   return false;
3338 }
3339 
3340 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
3341                                        SourceLocation CastLoc,
3342                                        QualType Ty,
3343                                        CastKind Kind,
3344                                        CXXMethodDecl *Method,
3345                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3346                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3347                                        Expr *From) {
3348   switch (Kind) {
3349   default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
3350   case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
3351     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
3352     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3353 
3354     if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
3355                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
3356       return ExprError();
3357 
3358     if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
3359       return ExprError();
3360 
3361     S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl,
3362                              InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty));
3363     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3364       return ExprError();
3365 
3366     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3367         CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
3368         ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
3369         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3370         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3371     if (Result.isInvalid())
3372       return ExprError();
3373 
3374     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
3375   }
3376 
3377   case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
3378     assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
3379 
3380     S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
3381     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3382       return ExprError();
3383 
3384     // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
3385     CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
3386     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
3387                                                  HadMultipleCandidates);
3388     if (Result.isInvalid())
3389       return ExprError();
3390     // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
3391     Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
3392                                       CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
3393                                       nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
3394 
3395     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
3396   }
3397   }
3398 }
3399 
3400 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3401 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
3402 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
3403 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
3404 /// used in the error message.
3405 ExprResult
3406 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3407                                 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
3408                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3409                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3410   switch (ICS.getKind()) {
3411   case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
3412     ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
3413                                                Action, CCK);
3414     if (Res.isInvalid())
3415       return ExprError();
3416     From = Res.get();
3417     break;
3418   }
3419 
3420   case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
3421 
3422       FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
3423       CastKind CastKind;
3424       QualType BeforeToType;
3425       assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
3426       if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
3427         CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
3428 
3429         // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
3430         // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3431         // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
3432         BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
3433       } else {
3434         const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
3435         CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
3436         // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
3437         if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3438           // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
3439           // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3440           // the type required by the argument of the constructor
3441           BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3442         }
3443       }
3444       // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
3445       if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3446         ExprResult Res =
3447           PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
3448                                     ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
3449                                     CCK);
3450         if (Res.isInvalid())
3451           return ExprError();
3452         From = Res.get();
3453       }
3454 
3455       ExprResult CastArg
3456         = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
3457                                From->getLocStart(),
3458                                ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3459                                CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
3460                                ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
3461                                ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
3462                                From);
3463 
3464       if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3465         return ExprError();
3466 
3467       From = CastArg.get();
3468 
3469       return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
3470                                        AA_Converting, CCK);
3471   }
3472 
3473   case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
3474     ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
3475                           PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
3476                             << From->getSourceRange());
3477      return ExprError();
3478 
3479   case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
3480     llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
3481 
3482   case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3483     bool Diagnosed =
3484         DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType,
3485                                  From->getType(), From, Action);
3486     assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed;
3487     return ExprError();
3488   }
3489 
3490   // Everything went well.
3491   return From;
3492 }
3493 
3494 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3495 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
3496 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
3497 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
3498 /// conversion, for use in error messages.
3499 ExprResult
3500 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3501                                 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
3502                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3503                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3504   bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
3505 
3506   // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
3507   // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
3508   // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
3509   // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
3510   QualType FromType = From->getType();
3511 
3512   if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
3513     // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
3514     assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
3515     if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
3516       SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3517       if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
3518                                   From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
3519                                   ConstructorArgs))
3520         return ExprError();
3521       return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3522           /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3523           SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3524           ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3525           /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3526           CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3527     }
3528     return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3529         /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3530         SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3531         From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3532         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3533         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3534   }
3535 
3536   // Resolve overloaded function references.
3537   if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
3538     DeclAccessPair Found;
3539     FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
3540                                                           true, Found);
3541     if (!Fn)
3542       return ExprError();
3543 
3544     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
3545       return ExprError();
3546 
3547     From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
3548     FromType = From->getType();
3549   }
3550 
3551   // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
3552   // non-atomic type.
3553   QualType ToAtomicType;
3554   if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3555     ToAtomicType = ToType;
3556     ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
3557   }
3558 
3559   QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
3560   // Perform the first implicit conversion.
3561   switch (SCS.First) {
3562   case ICK_Identity:
3563     if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3564       FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
3565       From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
3566                                       From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
3567     }
3568     break;
3569 
3570   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
3571     assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
3572     ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
3573     assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
3574     From = FromRes.get();
3575     FromType = From->getType();
3576     break;
3577   }
3578 
3579   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3580     FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
3581     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
3582                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3583     break;
3584 
3585   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3586     FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
3587     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
3588                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3589     break;
3590 
3591   default:
3592     llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
3593   }
3594 
3595   // Perform the second implicit conversion
3596   switch (SCS.Second) {
3597   case ICK_Identity:
3598     // C++ [except.spec]p5:
3599     //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
3600     //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
3601     //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
3602     //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
3603     switch (Action) {
3604     case AA_Assigning:
3605     case AA_Initializing:
3606       // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
3607     case AA_Passing:
3608     case AA_Returning:
3609     case AA_Sending:
3610     case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
3611       if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3612         return ExprError();
3613       break;
3614 
3615     case AA_Casting:
3616     case AA_Converting:
3617       // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
3618       // checked for exception specification mismatches.
3619       break;
3620     }
3621     // Nothing else to do.
3622     break;
3623 
3624   case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
3625   case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
3626     if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
3627       assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
3628              SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
3629              "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
3630       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
3631                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3632     } else {
3633       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
3634                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3635     }
3636     break;
3637 
3638   case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
3639   case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
3640     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
3641                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3642     break;
3643 
3644   case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
3645   case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
3646     QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3647     QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3648     CastKind CK;
3649     if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3650       if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
3651         CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
3652       else
3653         CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
3654     } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3655       CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
3656     } else {
3657       CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
3658     }
3659     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
3660                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3661     break;
3662   }
3663 
3664   case ICK_Floating_Integral:
3665     if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
3666       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
3667                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3668     else
3669       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
3670                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3671     break;
3672 
3673   case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
3674       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3675                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3676     break;
3677 
3678   case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
3679   case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
3680     if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
3681       // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
3682       if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
3683         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3684              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3685           << ToType << From->getType() << Action
3686           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3687       else
3688         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3689              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3690           << From->getType() << ToType << Action
3691           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3692 
3693       if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3694           ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3695         EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
3696     }
3697     else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
3698              !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
3699                                                     From->getType())) {
3700       if (Action == AA_Initializing)
3701         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3702              diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
3703       else
3704         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3705              diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
3706           << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
3707           << From->getSourceRange();
3708     }
3709 
3710     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3711     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3712     if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3713       return ExprError();
3714 
3715     // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
3716     // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
3717     if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
3718       ExprResult E = From;
3719       (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
3720       From = E.get();
3721     }
3722     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
3723       CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
3724     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3725              .get();
3726     break;
3727   }
3728 
3729   case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
3730     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3731     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3732     if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3733       return ExprError();
3734     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3735       return ExprError();
3736 
3737     // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
3738     // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
3739     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
3740       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
3741       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
3742     }
3743 
3744     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3745              .get();
3746     break;
3747   }
3748 
3749   case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
3750     // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
3751     if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
3752       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3753       FromType = Context.FloatTy;
3754     }
3755 
3756     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
3757                              ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
3758                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3759     break;
3760 
3761   case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
3762     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3763     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
3764                                      ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3765                                      From->getLocStart(),
3766                                      From->getSourceRange(),
3767                                      &BasePath,
3768                                      CStyle))
3769       return ExprError();
3770 
3771     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3772                       CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
3773                       &BasePath, CCK).get();
3774     break;
3775   }
3776 
3777   case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
3778     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
3779                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3780     break;
3781 
3782   case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
3783     // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
3784     Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
3785     From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue,
3786                              /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3787     break;
3788   }
3789 
3790   case ICK_Complex_Real:
3791     // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
3792     if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3793       QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
3794       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3795 
3796       // x -> y
3797       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
3798         // do nothing
3799       } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
3800         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3801                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
3802       } else {
3803         assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
3804         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3805                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
3806       }
3807       // y -> _Complex y
3808       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3809                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
3810                                      : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
3811 
3812     // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
3813     } else {
3814       const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
3815       assert(FromComplex);
3816 
3817       QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
3818       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3819 
3820       // _Complex x -> x
3821       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3822                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
3823                                      : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
3824                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3825 
3826       // x -> y
3827       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
3828         // do nothing
3829       } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3830         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3831                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
3832                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3833       } else {
3834         assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
3835         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3836                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
3837                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3838       }
3839     }
3840     break;
3841 
3842   case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
3843     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
3844                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3845     break;
3846   }
3847 
3848   case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
3849     ExprResult FromRes = From;
3850     Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
3851       CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
3852     if (FromRes.isInvalid())
3853       return ExprError();
3854     From = FromRes.get();
3855     assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
3856             "Improper transparent union conversion");
3857     (void)ConvTy;
3858     break;
3859   }
3860 
3861   case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
3862     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3863                              CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
3864                              From->getValueKind()).get();
3865     break;
3866 
3867   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
3868   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3869   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3870   case ICK_Function_Conversion:
3871   case ICK_Qualification:
3872   case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
3873   case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
3874   case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion:
3875     llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
3876   }
3877 
3878   switch (SCS.Third) {
3879   case ICK_Identity:
3880     // Nothing to do.
3881     break;
3882 
3883   case ICK_Function_Conversion:
3884     // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
3885     // be incompatible exception declarations.
3886     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3887       return ExprError();
3888 
3889     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3890                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3891     break;
3892 
3893   case ICK_Qualification: {
3894     // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
3895     // target type isn't a reference.
3896     ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
3897                                   From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
3898     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
3899                              CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3900 
3901     if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
3902         !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
3903       Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
3904            ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
3905            : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
3906         << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
3907     }
3908 
3909     break;
3910   }
3911 
3912   default:
3913     llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
3914   }
3915 
3916   // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
3917   // that conversion now.
3918   if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
3919     assert(Context.hasSameType(
3920         ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
3921     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
3922                              VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
3923   }
3924 
3925   // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
3926   // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
3927   if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion)
3928     diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
3929                                         From->getLocStart());
3930 
3931   return From;
3932 }
3933 
3934 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
3935 ///
3936 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
3937 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
3938 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
3939 /// returns true.
3940 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
3941                                                 SourceLocation Loc,
3942                                                 QualType ArgTy) {
3943   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
3944   //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
3945   //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
3946   //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
3947   //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
3948   //   must be a complete type.
3949   // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
3950   // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
3951   // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
3952   switch (UTT) {
3953   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3954     // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
3955   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
3956     // Fall-through
3957 
3958     // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
3959     // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
3960     // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
3961     // impacted by the completeness of the type.
3962   case UTT_IsVoid:
3963   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3964   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3965   case UTT_IsArray:
3966   case UTT_IsPointer:
3967   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3968   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3969   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3970   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3971   case UTT_IsEnum:
3972   case UTT_IsUnion:
3973   case UTT_IsClass:
3974   case UTT_IsFunction:
3975   case UTT_IsReference:
3976   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3977   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3978   case UTT_IsObject:
3979   case UTT_IsScalar:
3980   case UTT_IsCompound:
3981   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3982     // Fall-through
3983 
3984     // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
3985     // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
3986     // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
3987     // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
3988     // Table 49.
3989   case UTT_IsConst:
3990   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3991   case UTT_IsSigned:
3992   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3993 
3994   // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
3995   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3996     return true;
3997 
3998   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3999   //   If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
4000   case UTT_IsEmpty:
4001   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
4002   case UTT_IsAbstract:
4003     if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4004       if (!RD->isUnion())
4005         return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4006             Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4007     return true;
4008 
4009   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4010   //   If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
4011   case UTT_IsFinal:
4012   case UTT_IsSealed:
4013     if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4014       return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4015           Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4016     return true;
4017 
4018   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
4019   // applied to a complete type.
4020   case UTT_IsTrivial:
4021   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
4022   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
4023   case UTT_IsPOD:
4024   case UTT_IsLiteral:
4025 
4026   case UTT_IsDestructible:
4027   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
4028     // Fall-through
4029 
4030     // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
4031     // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
4032     // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
4033     // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
4034     // requiring the complete type.
4035   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4036   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4037   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4038   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4039   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
4040   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
4041   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
4042   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
4043   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
4044   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4045   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4046     // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
4047     QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
4048     if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4049       ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
4050 
4051     // The void type is expressly allowed.
4052     if (ElTy->isVoidType())
4053       return true;
4054 
4055     return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4056       Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4057   }
4058 }
4059 
4060 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
4061                                Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
4062                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
4063                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
4064                                bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
4065 {
4066   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
4067   if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
4068     return true;
4069 
4070   DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4071   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
4072   LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
4073   if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
4074     bool FoundOperator = false;
4075     Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4076     for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
4077          Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
4078       if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
4079         continue;
4080 
4081       CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
4082       if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
4083         FoundOperator = true;
4084         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4085           Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4086         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4087         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
4088           return false;
4089       }
4090     }
4091     return FoundOperator;
4092   }
4093   return false;
4094 }
4095 
4096 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
4097                                    SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
4098   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4099 
4100   ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
4101   switch(UTT) {
4102   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
4103     // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
4104     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
4105   case UTT_IsVoid:
4106     return T->isVoidType();
4107   case UTT_IsIntegral:
4108     return T->isIntegralType(C);
4109   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
4110     return T->isFloatingType();
4111   case UTT_IsArray:
4112     return T->isArrayType();
4113   case UTT_IsPointer:
4114     return T->isPointerType();
4115   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
4116     return T->isLValueReferenceType();
4117   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
4118     return T->isRValueReferenceType();
4119   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
4120     return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
4121   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
4122     return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
4123   case UTT_IsEnum:
4124     return T->isEnumeralType();
4125   case UTT_IsUnion:
4126     return T->isUnionType();
4127   case UTT_IsClass:
4128     return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
4129   case UTT_IsFunction:
4130     return T->isFunctionType();
4131 
4132     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
4133     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
4134   case UTT_IsReference:
4135     return T->isReferenceType();
4136   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
4137     return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
4138   case UTT_IsFundamental:
4139     return T->isFundamentalType();
4140   case UTT_IsObject:
4141     return T->isObjectType();
4142   case UTT_IsScalar:
4143     // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
4144     // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
4145     // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
4146     // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
4147     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
4148       switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4149       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4150       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4151         return true;
4152 
4153       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4154       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4155       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4156         return false;
4157       }
4158     }
4159 
4160     return T->isScalarType();
4161   case UTT_IsCompound:
4162     return T->isCompoundType();
4163   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
4164     return T->isMemberPointerType();
4165 
4166     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
4167     // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
4168   case UTT_IsConst:
4169     return T.isConstQualified();
4170   case UTT_IsVolatile:
4171     return T.isVolatileQualified();
4172   case UTT_IsTrivial:
4173     return T.isTrivialType(C);
4174   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
4175     return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
4176   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
4177     return T->isStandardLayoutType();
4178   case UTT_IsPOD:
4179     return T.isPODType(C);
4180   case UTT_IsLiteral:
4181     return T->isLiteralType(C);
4182   case UTT_IsEmpty:
4183     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4184       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
4185     return false;
4186   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
4187     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4188       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
4189     return false;
4190   case UTT_IsAbstract:
4191     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4192       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
4193     return false;
4194   // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
4195   // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
4196   // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
4197   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
4198     return false;
4199   case UTT_IsFinal:
4200   case UTT_IsSealed:
4201     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4202       return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
4203     return false;
4204   case UTT_IsSigned:
4205     return T->isSignedIntegerType();
4206   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
4207     return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4208 
4209     // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
4210     // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
4211     // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
4212     // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
4213     // specifications.
4214     //
4215     //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4216     //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4217     //
4218     // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
4219     // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
4220     // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
4221     // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
4222     // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
4223     // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
4224   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
4225     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4226     //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
4227     //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
4228     //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
4229     if (T.isPODType(C))
4230       return true;
4231     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4232       return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4233              !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
4234     return false;
4235   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
4236     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4237     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4238     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
4239     if (T.isPODType(C))
4240       return true;
4241     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4242       return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
4243     return false;
4244   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
4245     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4246     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
4247     //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
4248     //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
4249     //   is true, else it is false.
4250     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4251       return true;
4252     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4253       return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4254              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
4255     return false;
4256   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
4257     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4258     //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
4259     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
4260     if (T.isPODType(C))
4261       return true;
4262     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4263       return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
4264     return false;
4265   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
4266     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4267     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4268     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
4269     //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
4270     //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
4271     //   true, else it is false.
4272     // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
4273     // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
4274     // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
4275     // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
4276     // [class.copy]p12).
4277 
4278     if (T.isConstQualified())
4279       return false;
4280     if (T.isPODType(C))
4281       return true;
4282     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4283       return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
4284              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
4285     return false;
4286   case UTT_IsDestructible:
4287   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
4288     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4289     //   For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
4290     if (T->isReferenceType())
4291       return true;
4292 
4293     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4294     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4295         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4296       return true;
4297 
4298     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4299     //   For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
4300     //   false.
4301     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4302       return false;
4303 
4304     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4305     //   For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
4306     //   expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
4307     //   unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
4308     if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4309       CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
4310       if (!Destructor)
4311         return false;
4312       //  C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
4313       //    A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
4314       //    explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
4315       if (Destructor->isDeleted())
4316         return false;
4317       if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
4318         return false;
4319       if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
4320         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4321             Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4322         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4323         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
4324           return false;
4325       }
4326     }
4327     return true;
4328 
4329   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4330     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4331     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
4332     //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
4333     //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
4334     //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
4335     //   false.
4336     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4337       return true;
4338 
4339     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4340     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4341         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4342       return true;
4343 
4344     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4345       return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
4346     return false;
4347   // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
4348   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4349     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4350     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4351     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
4352     //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
4353     //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
4354     //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4355     //   false.
4356     if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
4357       return false;
4358     if (T->isReferenceType())
4359       return false;
4360     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4361       return true;
4362 
4363     if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
4364       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4365                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
4366                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
4367                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
4368     return false;
4369   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4370     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4371     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4372     //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
4373     if (T.isPODType(C))
4374       return true;
4375 
4376     if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
4377       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4378                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
4379                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
4380                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
4381     return false;
4382   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4383     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4384     //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
4385     //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
4386     //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4387     //   false.
4388     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4389       return true;
4390     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4391       if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4392           !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
4393         return true;
4394 
4395       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4396       unsigned FoundTQs;
4397       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4398         // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
4399         // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
4400         // resolution point.
4401         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4402           continue;
4403         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
4404         if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
4405           FoundConstructor = true;
4406           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4407               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4408           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4409           if (!CPT)
4410             return false;
4411           // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4412           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4413           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
4414             return false;
4415         }
4416       }
4417 
4418       return FoundConstructor;
4419     }
4420     return false;
4421   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4422     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4423     //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
4424     //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
4425     //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
4426     //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
4427     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4428       return true;
4429     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4430       if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4431           !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
4432         return true;
4433 
4434       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4435       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4436         // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
4437         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4438           continue;
4439         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
4440         if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
4441           FoundConstructor = true;
4442           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4443               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4444           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4445           if (!CPT)
4446             return false;
4447           // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4448           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4449           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
4450             return false;
4451         }
4452       }
4453       return FoundConstructor;
4454     }
4455     return false;
4456   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4457     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4458     //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
4459     //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
4460     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4461       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
4462         return Destructor->isVirtual();
4463     return false;
4464 
4465     // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
4466     // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
4467     //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4468   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4469     // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
4470     //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
4471     //   function call.
4472     return !T->isIncompleteType();
4473   }
4474 }
4475 
4476 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
4477 /// ARC mode.
4478 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
4479   switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4480   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4481     return false;
4482 
4483   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4484   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4485   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4486     return true;
4487 
4488   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4489     return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
4490   }
4491 
4492   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
4493 }
4494 
4495 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4496                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
4497 
4498 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4499                               ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4500                               SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4501   if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
4502     return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
4503 
4504   if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
4505     return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
4506                                    Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
4507 
4508   switch (Kind) {
4509   case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
4510   case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
4511   case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
4512     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
4513     //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
4514     //
4515     //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
4516     //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
4517     //     no operation that is not trivial.
4518     //
4519     //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
4520     //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
4521     //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
4522     //   variable t:
4523     //
4524     //     T t(create<Args>()...);
4525     assert(!Args.empty());
4526 
4527     // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
4528     // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
4529     // unknown bound.
4530     for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
4531       QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
4532       if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4533         continue;
4534 
4535       if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
4536           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4537         return false;
4538     }
4539 
4540     // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
4541     QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
4542     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4543       return false;
4544 
4545     // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
4546     CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4547     if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
4548       return false;
4549 
4550     SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
4551     SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
4552     ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
4553     for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4554       QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
4555       if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
4556         ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
4557       OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
4558           OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
4559                           ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
4560                           Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
4561     }
4562     for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
4563       ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
4564 
4565     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4566     // trap at translation unit scope.
4567     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
4568     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4569     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4570     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
4571     InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
4572                                                                  RParenLoc));
4573     InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4574     if (Init.Failed())
4575       return false;
4576 
4577     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4578     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4579       return false;
4580 
4581     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
4582       return true;
4583 
4584     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
4585       return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4586 
4587     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
4588       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4589       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
4590       if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4591           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType()))
4592         return false;
4593 
4594       // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
4595       // calls.
4596       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
4597     }
4598 
4599     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4600     return false;
4601   }
4602     default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
4603   }
4604 
4605   return false;
4606 }
4607 
4608 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4609                                 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4610                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4611   QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
4612 
4613   if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
4614                                *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
4615     return ExprError();
4616 
4617   bool Dependent = false;
4618   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4619     if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
4620       Dependent = true;
4621       break;
4622     }
4623   }
4624 
4625   bool Result = false;
4626   if (!Dependent)
4627     Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
4628 
4629   return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
4630                                RParenLoc, Result);
4631 }
4632 
4633 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4634                                 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4635                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4636   SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
4637   ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
4638 
4639   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4640     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4641     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
4642     if (!TInfo)
4643       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
4644 
4645     ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
4646   }
4647 
4648   return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
4649 }
4650 
4651 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4652                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4653   assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
4654          "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
4655 
4656   switch(BTT) {
4657   case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
4658     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
4659     // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
4660     // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
4661     // regard to cv-qualifiers.
4662 
4663     const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4664     if (!lhsRecord) return false;
4665 
4666     const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4667     if (!rhsRecord) return false;
4668 
4669     assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
4670              == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
4671 
4672     if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
4673       return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
4674 
4675     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
4676     //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
4677     //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
4678     //   complete type.
4679     if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4680                           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4681       return false;
4682 
4683     return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
4684       ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
4685   }
4686   case BTT_IsSame:
4687     return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
4688   case BTT_TypeCompatible:
4689     return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
4690                                            RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
4691   case BTT_IsConvertible:
4692   case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
4693     // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
4694     //   Given the following function prototype:
4695     //
4696     //     template <class T>
4697     //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
4698     //
4699     //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
4700     //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
4701     //   the return expression in the following code would be
4702     //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
4703     //   type of the function:
4704     //
4705     //     To test() {
4706     //       return create<From>();
4707     //     }
4708     //
4709     //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
4710     //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
4711     //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
4712     //   is considered.
4713     //
4714     // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
4715     // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
4716     // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
4717 
4718     // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
4719     if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
4720       return false;
4721 
4722     // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
4723     if (RhsT->isVoidType())
4724       return LhsT->isVoidType();
4725 
4726     // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
4727     if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
4728       return false;
4729 
4730     // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
4731     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4732       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4733 
4734     // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
4735     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
4736     OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4737                          Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4738     Expr *FromPtr = &From;
4739     InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
4740                                                            SourceLocation()));
4741 
4742     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4743     // trap at translation unit scope.
4744     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4745     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4746     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4747     InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4748     if (Init.Failed())
4749       return false;
4750 
4751     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4752     return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
4753   }
4754 
4755   case BTT_IsAssignable:
4756   case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
4757   case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
4758     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
4759     //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
4760     //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
4761     //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
4762     //
4763     //   is_assignable is defined as:
4764     //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
4765     //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
4766     //
4767     //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
4768     //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
4769     if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4770         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
4771           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4772       return false;
4773     if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4774         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4775           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4776       return false;
4777 
4778     // cv void is never assignable.
4779     if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
4780       return false;
4781 
4782     // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
4783     // declval<U>().
4784     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4785       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4786     if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
4787       RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
4788     OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4789                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4790     OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4791                         Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
4792 
4793     // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4794     // trap at translation unit scope.
4795     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4796     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4797     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4798     ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
4799                                         &Rhs);
4800     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4801       return false;
4802 
4803     if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable)
4804       return true;
4805 
4806     if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
4807       return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4808 
4809     if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
4810       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4811       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
4812       if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4813           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
4814         return false;
4815 
4816       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
4817     }
4818 
4819     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4820     return false;
4821   }
4822     default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
4823   }
4824   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4825 }
4826 
4827 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4828                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4829                                      ParsedType Ty,
4830                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4831                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4832   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
4833   QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
4834   if (!TSInfo)
4835     TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4836 
4837   return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
4838 }
4839 
4840 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4841                                            QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
4842                                            SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4843   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4844 
4845   switch(ATT) {
4846   case ATT_ArrayRank:
4847     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4848       unsigned Dim = 0;
4849       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4850         ++Dim;
4851         T = AT->getElementType();
4852       }
4853       return Dim;
4854     }
4855     return 0;
4856 
4857   case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
4858     llvm::APSInt Value;
4859     uint64_t Dim;
4860     if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
4861           diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
4862           false).isInvalid())
4863       return 0;
4864     if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
4865       Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
4866         << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
4867       return 0;
4868     }
4869     Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
4870 
4871     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4872       unsigned D = 0;
4873       bool Matched = false;
4874       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4875         if (Dim == D) {
4876           Matched = true;
4877           break;
4878         }
4879         ++D;
4880         T = AT->getElementType();
4881       }
4882 
4883       if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
4884         if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
4885           return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
4886       }
4887     }
4888     return 0;
4889   }
4890   }
4891   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4892 }
4893 
4894 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4895                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4896                                      TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4897                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4898                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4899   QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
4900 
4901   // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
4902   // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
4903   uint64_t Value = 0;
4904   if (!T->isDependentType())
4905     Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
4906 
4907   // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
4908   // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
4909   // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
4910   // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
4911   // important distinction.
4912   return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
4913                                           RParen, Context.getSizeType());
4914 }
4915 
4916 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4917                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4918                                       Expr *Queried,
4919                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4920   // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
4921   if (!Queried)
4922     return ExprError();
4923 
4924   ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
4925 
4926   return Result;
4927 }
4928 
4929 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
4930   switch (ET) {
4931   case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
4932   case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
4933   }
4934   llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
4935 }
4936 
4937 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4938                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4939                                       Expr *Queried,
4940                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4941   if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
4942     // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4943   } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
4944     ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
4945     if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4946     return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
4947   }
4948 
4949   bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
4950 
4951   return new (Context)
4952       ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
4953 }
4954 
4955 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4956                                             ExprValueKind &VK,
4957                                             SourceLocation Loc,
4958                                             bool isIndirect) {
4959   assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4960          !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4961          "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
4962 
4963   // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
4964   if (isIndirect) {
4965     LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
4966     if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4967   }
4968 
4969   // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
4970   RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
4971   if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4972 
4973   const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
4974   // C++ 5.5p2
4975   //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
4976   //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
4977   //   class type) [...]
4978   QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
4979   const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
4980   if (!MemPtr) {
4981     Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
4982       << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4983     return QualType();
4984   }
4985 
4986   QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
4987 
4988   // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
4989   // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
4990   // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
4991   // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
4992   // likely to be considered a defect.
4993 
4994   // C++ 5.5p2
4995   //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
4996   //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
4997   //   such a class]
4998   QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
4999   if (isIndirect) {
5000     if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
5001       LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5002     else {
5003       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
5004         << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
5005         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
5006       return QualType();
5007     }
5008   }
5009 
5010   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
5011     // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
5012     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
5013                             OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
5014       return QualType();
5015     }
5016 
5017     if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
5018       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
5019         << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
5020       return QualType();
5021     }
5022 
5023     CXXCastPath BasePath;
5024     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
5025                                      SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
5026                                                  RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
5027                                      &BasePath))
5028       return QualType();
5029 
5030     // Cast LHS to type of use.
5031     QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
5032     ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5033     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
5034                             &BasePath);
5035   }
5036 
5037   if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
5038     // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
5039     // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
5040     Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
5041      return QualType();
5042   }
5043 
5044   // C++ 5.5p2
5045   //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
5046   //   second operand.
5047   // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
5048   // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
5049   QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5050   Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
5051 
5052   // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
5053   //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
5054   //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
5055   //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
5056   //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
5057   //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
5058   if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5059     switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
5060     case RQ_None:
5061       // Do nothing
5062       break;
5063 
5064     case RQ_LValue:
5065       if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
5066         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
5067           << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5068       break;
5069 
5070     case RQ_RValue:
5071       if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
5072         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
5073           << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5074       break;
5075     }
5076   }
5077 
5078   // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
5079   //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
5080   //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
5081   //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
5082   //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
5083   //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
5084   //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
5085   if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
5086     VK = VK_RValue;
5087     return Context.BoundMemberTy;
5088   } else if (isIndirect) {
5089     VK = VK_LValue;
5090   } else {
5091     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5092   }
5093 
5094   return Result;
5095 }
5096 
5097 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
5098 ///
5099 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
5100 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
5101 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
5102 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
5103 /// as such.
5104 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
5105                                 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
5106                                 bool &HaveConversion,
5107                                 QualType &ToType) {
5108   HaveConversion = false;
5109   ToType = To->getType();
5110 
5111   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
5112                                                            SourceLocation());
5113   // C++11 5.16p3
5114   //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
5115   //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
5116   //   as follows:
5117   //   -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5118   //      implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the
5119   //      constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to
5120   //      an lvalue.
5121   //   -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5122   //      implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
5123   //      the constraint that the reference must bind directly.
5124   if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) {
5125     QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType)
5126                                 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType);
5127 
5128     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
5129 
5130     InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5131     if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
5132       ToType = T;
5133       HaveConversion = true;
5134       return false;
5135     }
5136 
5137     if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5138       return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5139   }
5140 
5141   //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
5142   //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
5143   //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
5144   QualType FTy = From->getType();
5145   QualType TTy = To->getType();
5146   const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5147   const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5148   bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
5149                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
5150   if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
5151                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
5152     //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
5153     //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
5154     //         [cv2 > cv1].
5155     if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
5156       if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
5157         InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
5158         InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5159         if (InitSeq) {
5160           HaveConversion = true;
5161           return false;
5162         }
5163 
5164         if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5165           return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5166       }
5167     }
5168 
5169     return false;
5170   }
5171 
5172   //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5173   //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
5174   //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
5175   //        an rvalue).
5176   //
5177   // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
5178   // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
5179   if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
5180     TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
5181 
5182   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
5183   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5184   HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
5185   ToType = TTy;
5186   if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5187     return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5188 
5189   return false;
5190 }
5191 
5192 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
5193 ///
5194 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
5195 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
5196 /// conversion to a common type.
5197 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5198                                     SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5199   Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
5200   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
5201                                     OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
5202   Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
5203                                     CandidateSet);
5204 
5205   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5206   switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
5207     case OR_Success: {
5208       // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
5209       ExprResult LHSRes =
5210         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
5211                                        Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
5212       if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
5213         break;
5214       LHS = LHSRes;
5215 
5216       ExprResult RHSRes =
5217         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
5218                                        Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
5219       if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
5220         break;
5221       RHS = RHSRes;
5222       if (Best->Function)
5223         Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
5224       return false;
5225     }
5226 
5227     case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5228 
5229       // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
5230       // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
5231       // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
5232       if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5233         return true;
5234 
5235       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5236         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5237         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5238       return true;
5239 
5240     case OR_Ambiguous:
5241       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
5242         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5243         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5244       // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
5245       // the viable candidates.
5246       break;
5247 
5248     case OR_Deleted:
5249       llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
5250   }
5251   return true;
5252 }
5253 
5254 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
5255 /// TryClassUnification.
5256 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
5257   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
5258   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
5259                                                            SourceLocation());
5260   Expr *Arg = E.get();
5261   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
5262   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
5263   if (Result.isInvalid())
5264     return true;
5265 
5266   E = Result;
5267   return false;
5268 }
5269 
5270 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
5271 ///
5272 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
5273 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
5274 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
5275                                            ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
5276                                            ExprObjectKind &OK,
5277                                            SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5278   // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
5279   // interface pointers.
5280 
5281   // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
5282   //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
5283   if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
5284     ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
5285     if (CondRes.isInvalid())
5286       return QualType();
5287     Cond = CondRes;
5288   }
5289 
5290   // Assume r-value.
5291   VK = VK_RValue;
5292   OK = OK_Ordinary;
5293 
5294   // Either of the arguments dependent?
5295   if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
5296     return Context.DependentTy;
5297 
5298   // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
5299   //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
5300   QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5301   QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5302   bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
5303   bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
5304   if (LVoid || RVoid) {
5305     //   ... one of the following shall hold:
5306     //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
5307     //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
5308     //      and value category of the other.
5309     bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5310     bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5311     if (LThrow != RThrow) {
5312       Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
5313       VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
5314       // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
5315       // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
5316       OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
5317       return NonThrow->getType();
5318     }
5319 
5320     //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
5321     //      type void and is a prvalue.
5322     if (LVoid && RVoid)
5323       return Context.VoidTy;
5324 
5325     // Neither holds, error.
5326     Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
5327       << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
5328       << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5329     return QualType();
5330   }
5331 
5332   // Neither is void.
5333 
5334   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5335   //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
5336   //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
5337   //   those operands to the type of the other.
5338   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5339       (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5340     // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
5341     QualType L2RType, R2LType;
5342     bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
5343     if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
5344       return QualType();
5345     if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
5346       return QualType();
5347 
5348     //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
5349     if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
5350       Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
5351         << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5352       return QualType();
5353     }
5354 
5355     //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
5356     //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
5357     //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
5358     if (HaveL2R) {
5359       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
5360         return QualType();
5361       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5362     } else if (HaveR2L) {
5363       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
5364         return QualType();
5365       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5366     }
5367   }
5368 
5369   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5370   //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
5371   //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
5372   //   operands to the type of the other.
5373   // FIXME:
5374   //   Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where
5375   //   one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order
5376   //   to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept.
5377   ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5378   ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
5379   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5380       LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
5381     // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above.
5382     // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here?
5383     bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion;
5384     if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
5385             QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase,
5386             ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
5387         !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion) {
5388       RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
5389       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5390     } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
5391                    QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase,
5392                    ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
5393                !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion) {
5394       LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
5395       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5396     }
5397   }
5398 
5399   // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
5400   //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
5401   //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
5402   //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
5403   //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
5404   // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
5405   // l-values.
5406   bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
5407   if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
5408       LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
5409       RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
5410     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5411     if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
5412         RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
5413       OK = OK_BitField;
5414 
5415     // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
5416     // exception specifications, if any.
5417     if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
5418       Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers();
5419       LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
5420                                      /*ConvertArgs*/false);
5421       LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs);
5422 
5423       assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
5424                               "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
5425       assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type");
5426     }
5427 
5428     return LTy;
5429   }
5430 
5431   // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
5432   //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
5433   //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
5434   if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5435     //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
5436     //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
5437     //   program is ill-formed.
5438     if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
5439       return QualType();
5440   }
5441 
5442   // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
5443   //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
5444   //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
5445   LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
5446   RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
5447   if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5448     return QualType();
5449   LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5450   RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5451 
5452   //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
5453   //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
5454   //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
5455   //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
5456   //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
5457   //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
5458   if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
5459     if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
5460       // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
5461       if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy,
5462                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
5463         return QualType();
5464       InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
5465 
5466       ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5467                                                      SourceLocation(),
5468                                                      LHS);
5469       if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
5470         return QualType();
5471 
5472       ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5473                                                      SourceLocation(),
5474                                                      RHS);
5475       if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
5476         return QualType();
5477 
5478       LHS = LHSCopy;
5479       RHS = RHSCopy;
5480     }
5481 
5482     // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
5483     // exception specifications, if any.
5484     if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
5485       LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
5486       assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
5487                               "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
5488     }
5489 
5490     return LTy;
5491   }
5492 
5493   // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
5494   if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
5495     return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
5496                                /*AllowBothBool*/true,
5497                                /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
5498 
5499   //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
5500   //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
5501   //      common type, and the result is of that type.
5502   if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5503     QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5504     if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5505       return QualType();
5506     if (ResTy.isNull()) {
5507       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5508            diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy
5509         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5510       return QualType();
5511     }
5512 
5513     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
5514     RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
5515 
5516     return ResTy;
5517   }
5518 
5519   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
5520   //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
5521   //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
5522   //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
5523   //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
5524   //      pointer type.
5525   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
5526   //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
5527   //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
5528   //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
5529   //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
5530   //      operand. The result is of the common type.
5531   QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
5532   if (!Composite.isNull())
5533     return Composite;
5534 
5535   // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
5536   Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
5537   if (!Composite.isNull())
5538     return Composite;
5539 
5540   // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
5541   if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5542     return QualType();
5543 
5544   Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5545     << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5546     << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5547   return QualType();
5548 }
5549 
5550 static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo
5551 mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1,
5552                     FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2,
5553                     SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) {
5554   ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type;
5555   ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type;
5556 
5557   // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result.
5558   if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1;
5559   if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2;
5560   if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1;
5561   if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2;
5562 
5563   // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other.
5564   if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2;
5565   if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1;
5566   if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2;
5567   if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1;
5568 
5569   // If either of them is a non-value-dependent computed noexcept, that
5570   // determines the result.
5571   if (EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI2.NoexceptExpr &&
5572       !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent())
5573     return !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI2 : ESI1;
5574   if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI1.NoexceptExpr &&
5575       !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent())
5576     return !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI1 : ESI2;
5577   // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're
5578   // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely,
5579   // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never
5580   // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite
5581   // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen.
5582   if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept || EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
5583     assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z &&
5584            "computing composite pointer type of dependent types");
5585     return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo();
5586   }
5587 
5588   // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to
5589   // update this function.
5590   switch (EST1) {
5591   case EST_None:
5592   case EST_DynamicNone:
5593   case EST_MSAny:
5594   case EST_BasicNoexcept:
5595   case EST_ComputedNoexcept:
5596     llvm_unreachable("handled above");
5597 
5598   case EST_Dynamic: {
5599     // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form
5600     // the union of the two lists.
5601     assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled");
5602     llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found;
5603     for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions})
5604       for (QualType E : Exceptions)
5605         if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second)
5606           ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E);
5607 
5608     FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic);
5609     Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage;
5610     return Result;
5611   }
5612 
5613   case EST_Unevaluated:
5614   case EST_Uninstantiated:
5615   case EST_Unparsed:
5616     llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here");
5617   }
5618 
5619   llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType");
5620 }
5621 
5622 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
5623 ///
5624 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
5625 /// and @p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this
5626 /// type and returns it.
5627 /// It does not emit diagnostics.
5628 ///
5629 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
5630 /// be converted to the composite pointer type.
5631 ///
5632 /// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type.
5633 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
5634                                         Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5635                                         bool ConvertArgs) {
5636   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
5637 
5638   // C++1z [expr]p14:
5639   //   The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1
5640   //   and T2
5641   QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
5642 
5643   //   where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or
5644   //   std::nullptr_t is:
5645   bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() ||
5646                          T1->isNullPtrType();
5647   bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() ||
5648                          T2->isNullPtrType();
5649   if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike)
5650     return QualType();
5651 
5652   //   - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t;
5653   // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this
5654   // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case.
5655   //
5656   //   - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively;
5657   if (T1IsPointerLike &&
5658       E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5659     if (ConvertArgs)
5660       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType()
5661                                          ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
5662                                          : CK_NullToPointer).get();
5663     return T1;
5664   }
5665   if (T2IsPointerLike &&
5666       E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5667     if (ConvertArgs)
5668       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType()
5669                                          ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
5670                                          : CK_NullToPointer).get();
5671     return T2;
5672   }
5673 
5674   // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
5675   if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike)
5676     return QualType();
5677   assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() &&
5678          "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant");
5679 
5680   //  - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is
5681   //    "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is
5682   //    the union of cv1 and cv2;
5683   //  - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is
5684   //    "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same,
5685   //    "pointer to function";
5686   //     FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept
5687   //     from a pointer to member function.  As a Clang extension, we also
5688   //     permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to;
5689   //     - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or
5690   //       "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified
5691   //       by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied
5692   //       before checking the following rules.
5693   //  - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1
5694   //    is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3),
5695   //    the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1,
5696   //    respectively;
5697   //  - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer
5698   //    to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or
5699   //    C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and
5700   //    T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively;
5701   //  - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and
5702   //    T2;
5703   //
5704   // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing.
5705   // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try
5706   // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two
5707   // composite types are the same, we have succeeded.
5708   // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
5709   //
5710   // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer
5711   // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final
5712   // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally
5713   // exists.
5714   SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion;
5715   SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass;
5716   QualType Composite1 = T1;
5717   QualType Composite2 = T2;
5718   unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
5719   while (true) {
5720     const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
5721     if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5722         (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
5723       Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
5724       Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
5725 
5726       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5727       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5728       if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5729         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5730 
5731       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5732                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5733       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
5734       continue;
5735     }
5736 
5737     const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
5738     if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
5739         (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
5740       Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
5741       Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
5742 
5743       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5744       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5745       if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5746         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5747 
5748       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5749                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5750       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
5751                                              MemPtr2->getClass()));
5752       continue;
5753     }
5754 
5755     // FIXME: block pointer types?
5756 
5757     // Cannot unwrap any more types.
5758     break;
5759   }
5760 
5761   // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already
5762   // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than
5763   // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling
5764   // IsFunctionConversion.
5765   //
5766   // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we
5767   // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would
5768   // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on
5769   // the side(s) where we changed anything.
5770   if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) {
5771     if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5772       if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5773         FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo();
5774         FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo();
5775 
5776         // The result is noreturn if both operands are.
5777         bool Noreturn =
5778             EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn();
5779         EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
5780         EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
5781 
5782         // The result is nothrow if both operands are.
5783         SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage;
5784         EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec =
5785             mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec,
5786                                 ExceptionTypeStorage);
5787 
5788         Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(),
5789                                              FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1);
5790         Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(),
5791                                              FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2);
5792       }
5793     }
5794   }
5795 
5796   if (NeedConstBefore) {
5797     // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
5798     // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
5799     // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
5800     for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I)
5801       if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0)
5802         QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
5803   }
5804 
5805   // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
5806   auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
5807   for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) {
5808     Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR);
5809     auto Classes = *MOC++;
5810     if (Classes.first && Classes.second) {
5811       // Rebuild member pointer type
5812       Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5813           Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first);
5814       Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5815           Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second);
5816     } else {
5817       // Rebuild pointer type
5818       Composite1 =
5819           Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
5820       Composite2 =
5821           Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
5822     }
5823   }
5824 
5825   struct Conversion {
5826     Sema &S;
5827     Expr *&E1, *&E2;
5828     QualType Composite;
5829     InitializedEntity Entity;
5830     InitializationKind Kind;
5831     InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC;
5832     bool Viable;
5833 
5834     Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5835                QualType Composite)
5836         : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite),
5837           Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)),
5838           Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())),
5839           E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2),
5840           Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {}
5841 
5842     bool perform() {
5843       ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1);
5844       if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5845         return true;
5846       E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5847 
5848       ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2);
5849       if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5850         return true;
5851       E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5852 
5853       return false;
5854     }
5855   };
5856 
5857   // Try to convert to each composite pointer type.
5858   Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1);
5859   if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
5860     if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform())
5861       return QualType();
5862     return C1.Composite;
5863   }
5864   Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2);
5865 
5866   if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) {
5867     // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or
5868     // neither is viable.
5869     // FIXME: How both be viable and different?
5870     return QualType();
5871   }
5872 
5873   // Convert to the chosen type.
5874   if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform())
5875     return QualType();
5876 
5877   return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite;
5878 }
5879 
5880 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
5881   if (!E)
5882     return ExprError();
5883 
5884   assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
5885 
5886   // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
5887   if (!E->isRValue())
5888     return E;
5889 
5890   // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
5891   // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
5892   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5893       E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
5894 
5895     bool ReturnsRetained;
5896 
5897     // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
5898     // called value.
5899     if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5900       Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
5901       QualType T = Callee->getType();
5902 
5903       if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5904         // Handle pointer-to-members.
5905         if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
5906           T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
5907         else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
5908           T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
5909       }
5910 
5911       if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
5912         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5913       else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
5914         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5915       else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
5916         T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5917 
5918       const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5919       assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
5920       ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
5921 
5922     // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
5923     // type always produce a +1 object.
5924     } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
5925       ReturnsRetained = true;
5926 
5927     // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
5928     // we don't want any extra casts here.
5929     } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
5930                isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
5931       return E;
5932 
5933     // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
5934     // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
5935     // cases where we don't have an actual method.
5936     } else {
5937       ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
5938       if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
5939         D = Send->getMethodDecl();
5940       } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
5941         D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
5942       } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
5943         D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
5944       } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
5945                                         = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
5946         D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
5947       }
5948 
5949       ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
5950 
5951       // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
5952       // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
5953       // return an object.
5954       if (!ReturnsRetained &&
5955           D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
5956         return E;
5957     }
5958 
5959     // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
5960     if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
5961       return E;
5962 
5963     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
5964 
5965     CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
5966                                    : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
5967     return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
5968                                     VK_RValue);
5969   }
5970 
5971   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5972     return E;
5973 
5974   // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
5975   // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
5976   const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
5977   const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
5978   while (!RT) {
5979     switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
5980     case Type::Record:
5981       RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
5982       break;
5983     case Type::ConstantArray:
5984     case Type::IncompleteArray:
5985     case Type::VariableArray:
5986     case Type::DependentSizedArray:
5987       T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
5988       break;
5989     default:
5990       return E;
5991     }
5992   }
5993 
5994   // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
5995   // not processing a decltype expression.
5996   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5997   if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
5998     return E;
5999 
6000   bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
6001   CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
6002 
6003   if (Destructor) {
6004     MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
6005     CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
6006                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
6007                             << E->getType());
6008     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
6009       return ExprError();
6010 
6011     // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
6012     if (Destructor->isTrivial())
6013       return E;
6014 
6015     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
6016     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
6017   }
6018 
6019   CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
6020   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
6021 
6022   if (IsDecltype)
6023     ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
6024 
6025   return Bind;
6026 }
6027 
6028 ExprResult
6029 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
6030   if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
6031     return ExprError();
6032 
6033   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
6034 }
6035 
6036 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
6037   assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
6038 
6039   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
6040 
6041   unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
6042   assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
6043   assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() ||
6044          ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
6045   if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
6046     return SubExpr;
6047 
6048   auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
6049                                      ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
6050 
6051   auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(
6052       Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups);
6053   DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
6054 
6055   return E;
6056 }
6057 
6058 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
6059   assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
6060 
6061   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
6062 
6063   if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
6064     return SubStmt;
6065 
6066   // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
6067   // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
6068   // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
6069   // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
6070   CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
6071                                                       SourceLocation(),
6072                                                       SourceLocation());
6073   Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
6074                                    SourceLocation());
6075   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
6076 }
6077 
6078 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
6079 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
6080 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
6081 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
6082 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
6083   assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");
6084 
6085   // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
6086   //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
6087   // -- if the function call is either
6088   //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
6089   //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
6090   //      decltype-specifier,
6091   //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
6092 
6093   // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
6094   // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
6095   if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
6096     ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
6097     if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
6098       return ExprError();
6099     if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
6100       return E;
6101     return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
6102   }
6103   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6104     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
6105       ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
6106       if (RHS.isInvalid())
6107         return ExprError();
6108       if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
6109         return E;
6110       return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
6111           BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
6112           BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
6113     }
6114   }
6115 
6116   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
6117   CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
6118                               : nullptr;
6119   if (TopCall)
6120     E = TopCall;
6121   else
6122     TopBind = nullptr;
6123 
6124   // Disable the special decltype handling now.
6125   ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;
6126 
6127   // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
6128   // decltype expression.
6129   if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
6130     return E;
6131 
6132   // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
6133   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
6134        I != N; ++I) {
6135     CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
6136     if (Call == TopCall)
6137       continue;
6138 
6139     if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
6140                             Call->getLocStart(),
6141                             Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
6142       return ExprError();
6143   }
6144 
6145   // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
6146   // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
6147   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
6148        I != N; ++I) {
6149     CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
6150       ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
6151     if (Bind == TopBind)
6152       continue;
6153 
6154     CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
6155 
6156     CXXRecordDecl *RD =
6157       Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6158     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
6159     Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
6160 
6161     MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
6162     CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
6163                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
6164                             << Bind->getType());
6165     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
6166       return ExprError();
6167 
6168     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
6169     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
6170   }
6171 
6172   // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
6173   return E;
6174 }
6175 
6176 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
6177 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
6178                                ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
6179   unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
6180   // FIXME: Make this configurable?
6181   unsigned Limit = 9;
6182   if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
6183     // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
6184     SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
6185     SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
6186   }
6187 
6188   for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
6189     if (I == SkipStart) {
6190       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
6191              diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
6192           << SkipCount;
6193       I += SkipCount;
6194     } else {
6195       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
6196           << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
6197       ++I;
6198     }
6199   }
6200 }
6201 
6202 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6203                                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
6204                                               tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6205                                               ParsedType &ObjectType,
6206                                               bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
6207   // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
6208   ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
6209   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6210   Base = Result.get();
6211 
6212   Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
6213   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6214   Base = Result.get();
6215 
6216   QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
6217   MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
6218   if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
6219     // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
6220     // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
6221     // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
6222     if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
6223       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
6224         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6225 
6226     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6227     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6228     return Base;
6229   }
6230 
6231   // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
6232   //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
6233   //   returned, with the original second operand.
6234   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
6235     QualType StartingType = BaseType;
6236     bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
6237     bool FirstIteration = true;
6238     FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
6239     // The set of types we've considered so far.
6240     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
6241     SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
6242     CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
6243 
6244     while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
6245       if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
6246         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
6247           << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
6248         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
6249         Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
6250           << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
6251         return ExprError();
6252       }
6253 
6254       Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
6255           S, Base, OpLoc,
6256           // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
6257           // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
6258           // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
6259           // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
6260           (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
6261               ? nullptr
6262               : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
6263       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6264         if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
6265           if (FirstIteration) {
6266             Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6267               << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
6268               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
6269             OpKind = tok::period;
6270             break;
6271           }
6272           Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
6273             << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
6274           CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
6275           if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
6276             Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
6277                  diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
6278           }
6279         }
6280         return ExprError();
6281       }
6282       Base = Result.get();
6283       if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
6284         OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
6285       BaseType = Base->getType();
6286       CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
6287       if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
6288         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
6289         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
6290         return ExprError();
6291       }
6292       FirstIteration = false;
6293     }
6294 
6295     if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
6296         (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
6297       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
6298   }
6299 
6300   // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
6301   // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
6302   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6303     BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
6304 
6305   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
6306   //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
6307   //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
6308   //   postfix-expression.
6309   //
6310   // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
6311   // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
6312   // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
6313   // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
6314   // call.  We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
6315   // so just skip this check for ObjC types.
6316   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
6317     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6318     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6319     return Base;
6320   } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
6321     ObjectType = nullptr;
6322     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6323     return Base;
6324   }
6325 
6326   // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
6327   // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
6328   //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
6329   //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
6330   //   the member function body.
6331   if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
6332       !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
6333       RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
6334     return ExprError();
6335 
6336   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
6337   //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
6338   //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
6339   //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
6340   //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
6341   ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6342   return Base;
6343 }
6344 
6345 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
6346                    tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
6347   if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6348     ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
6349     if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
6350     Base = result.get();
6351   }
6352   ObjectType = Base->getType();
6353 
6354   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6355   //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
6356   //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
6357   //   This scalar type is the object type.
6358   // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
6359   // arrow operator.
6360   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
6361     if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6362       ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6363     } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
6364       // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it.
6365       S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6366         << ObjectType << true
6367         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
6368       if (S.isSFINAEContext())
6369         return true;
6370 
6371       OpKind = tok::period;
6372     }
6373   }
6374 
6375   return false;
6376 }
6377 
6378 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
6379                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6380                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6381                                            const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6382                                            TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
6383                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
6384                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6385                                          PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
6386   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
6387 
6388   QualType ObjectType;
6389   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6390     return ExprError();
6391 
6392   if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
6393       !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
6394     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
6395       Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
6396     else {
6397       Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
6398         << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
6399       return ExprError();
6400     }
6401   }
6402 
6403   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6404   //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
6405   //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
6406   if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
6407     QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
6408     SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
6409       = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
6410     if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
6411       if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
6412         Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6413           << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6414           << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6415 
6416         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6417         DestructedType = ObjectType;
6418         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6419                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
6420         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6421       } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
6422                                                 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
6423 
6424         if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6425           // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
6426           // type.
6427         } else {
6428           Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
6429             << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6430             << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6431         }
6432 
6433         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6434         DestructedType = ObjectType;
6435         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6436                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
6437         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6438       }
6439     }
6440   }
6441 
6442   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6443   //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
6444   //   form
6445   //
6446   //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
6447   //
6448   //   shall designate the same scalar type.
6449   if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
6450     QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
6451     if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
6452         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
6453 
6454       Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
6455            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6456         << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
6457         << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6458 
6459       ScopeType = QualType();
6460       ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6461     }
6462   }
6463 
6464   Expr *Result
6465     = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
6466                                             OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
6467                                             SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
6468                                             ScopeTypeInfo,
6469                                             CCLoc,
6470                                             TildeLoc,
6471                                             Destructed);
6472 
6473   return Result;
6474 }
6475 
6476 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6477                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6478                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6479                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6480                                            UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
6481                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
6482                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6483                                            UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
6484   assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6485           FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6486          "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
6487   assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6488           SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6489          "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
6490 
6491   QualType ObjectType;
6492   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6493     return ExprError();
6494 
6495   // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
6496   // record types and dependent types matter.
6497   ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
6498   if (!SS.isSet()) {
6499     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
6500       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
6501     else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
6502       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
6503   }
6504 
6505   // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
6506   // type (with source-location information).
6507   QualType DestructedType;
6508   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
6509   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
6510   if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6511     ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6512                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6513                                S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6514     if (!T &&
6515         ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
6516          (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
6517       // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
6518       // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
6519       // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
6520       // template instantiation time.
6521       Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6522                                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6523     } else if (!T) {
6524       Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6525            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6526         << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6527       if (isSFINAEContext())
6528         return ExprError();
6529 
6530       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6531       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6532     } else
6533       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
6534   } else {
6535     // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6536     TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
6537     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6538                                        TemplateId->NumArgs);
6539     TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6540                                        TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6541                                        TemplateId->Template,
6542                                        TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6543                                        TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6544                                        TemplateArgsPtr,
6545                                        TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6546     if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6547       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6548       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6549     } else
6550       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
6551   }
6552 
6553   // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
6554   // information.
6555   if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
6556     if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
6557       DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
6558                                                   SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6559     Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6560   }
6561 
6562   // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
6563   TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6564   QualType ScopeType;
6565   if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6566       FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
6567     if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6568       ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
6569                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6570                                  S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6571       if (!T) {
6572         Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6573              diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6574           << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6575 
6576         if (isSFINAEContext())
6577           return ExprError();
6578 
6579         // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
6580         ScopeType = QualType();
6581       } else
6582         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
6583     } else {
6584       // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6585       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
6586       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6587                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6588       TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6589                                          TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6590                                          TemplateId->Template,
6591                                          TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6592                                          TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6593                                          TemplateArgsPtr,
6594                                          TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6595       if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6596         // Recover by dropping this type.
6597         ScopeType = QualType();
6598       } else
6599         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
6600     }
6601   }
6602 
6603   if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
6604     ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
6605                                                   FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
6606 
6607 
6608   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
6609                                    ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
6610                                    Destructed);
6611 }
6612 
6613 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6614                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6615                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6616                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6617                                            const DeclSpec& DS) {
6618   QualType ObjectType;
6619   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6620     return ExprError();
6621 
6622   QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
6623                                  false);
6624 
6625   TypeLocBuilder TLB;
6626   DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
6627   DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
6628   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
6629   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
6630 
6631   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
6632                                    nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
6633                                    Destructed);
6634 }
6635 
6636 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
6637                                         CXXConversionDecl *Method,
6638                                         bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
6639   if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
6640       Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
6641     // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
6642     // is a LambdaExpr.
6643     Expr *SubE = E;
6644     CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
6645     if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
6646       SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
6647     SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
6648     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
6649       SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
6650     if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
6651       // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
6652       // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
6653       // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
6654       // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
6655       // autoreleased.
6656       DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
6657       PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
6658       ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
6659                                                      E->getExprLoc(),
6660                                                      Method, E);
6661       PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
6662 
6663       if (Exp.isInvalid())
6664         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
6665       return Exp;
6666     }
6667   }
6668 
6669   ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
6670                                           FoundDecl, Method);
6671   if (Exp.isInvalid())
6672     return true;
6673 
6674   MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(
6675       Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(),
6676       Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
6677   if (HadMultipleCandidates)
6678     ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
6679   MarkMemberReferenced(ME);
6680 
6681   QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
6682   ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
6683   ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
6684 
6685   CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
6686     new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
6687                                     Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
6688   return CE;
6689 }
6690 
6691 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
6692                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
6693   // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
6694   // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
6695   // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
6696   ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
6697   if (R.isInvalid())
6698     return R;
6699 
6700   // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
6701   Operand = R.get();
6702 
6703   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6704       Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
6705     // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
6706     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
6707     Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
6708   }
6709 
6710   CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
6711   return new (Context)
6712       CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
6713 }
6714 
6715 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
6716                                    Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
6717   return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
6718 }
6719 
6720 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
6721   // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
6722   // according to [expr]p10:
6723   //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
6724   //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
6725   //   one of the following forms:
6726   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6727 
6728   //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
6729   if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6730     return true;
6731 
6732   //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
6733   if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
6734     return true;
6735 
6736   //   - class member access (5.2.5),
6737   if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
6738     return true;
6739 
6740   //   - indirection (5.3.1),
6741   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6742     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
6743       return true;
6744 
6745   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6746     //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
6747     if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
6748       return true;
6749 
6750     //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
6751     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
6752       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
6753   }
6754 
6755   //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
6756   //     operands are one of the above, or
6757   if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
6758     return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
6759            IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6760   // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
6761   if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
6762           dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6763     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
6764       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
6765              IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
6766   }
6767 
6768   // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
6769   if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
6770     return true;
6771 
6772   return false;
6773 }
6774 
6775 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
6776 /// context that ignores the result.
6777 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
6778   if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6779     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
6780     if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
6781     E = result.get();
6782   }
6783 
6784   // C99 6.3.2.1:
6785   //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
6786   //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
6787   //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
6788   if (E->isRValue()) {
6789     // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
6790     // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
6791     // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
6792     // some clients.
6793     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
6794       return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6795 
6796     return E;
6797   }
6798 
6799   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
6800     // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
6801     // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
6802     // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
6803     // conversion.
6804     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
6805         E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
6806         IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
6807       ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
6808       if (Res.isInvalid())
6809         return E;
6810       E = Res.get();
6811     }
6812     return E;
6813   }
6814 
6815   // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
6816   if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6817     if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
6818       // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
6819       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
6820       return E;
6821     }
6822   }
6823 
6824   ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
6825   if (Res.isInvalid())
6826     return E;
6827   E = Res.get();
6828 
6829   if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
6830     RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
6831                         diag::err_incomplete_type);
6832   return E;
6833 }
6834 
6835 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
6836 // in a constant expression, return true.
6837 //  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
6838 //    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
6839 //  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
6840 //    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
6841 //    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
6842 //    never be a constant expression.
6843 //  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
6844 //    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
6845 //      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
6846 //        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
6847 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
6848     ASTContext &Context) {
6849   if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
6850   const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
6851 
6852   // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
6853   if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
6854   assert(DefVD);
6855   if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
6856   EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
6857 
6858   Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
6859 
6860   if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
6861     // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
6862     // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
6863     // initializer is a potential constant expression.
6864     return false;
6865   }
6866 
6867   return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
6868 }
6869 
6870 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
6871 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
6872 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
6873 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
6874 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
6875 /// need to be captured.
6876 
6877 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
6878     Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
6879 
6880   assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
6881   assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
6882   assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext &&
6883       "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
6884 
6885   const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
6886 
6887   ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
6888       S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
6889 
6890   // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
6891   // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
6892   // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
6893   const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
6894       CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
6895   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
6896     Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
6897     VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
6898     CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
6899     // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
6900     // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
6901     // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
6902     // For e.g.:
6903     // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
6904     // int test() {
6905     //   const int x = 10;
6906     //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
6907     //     (void) +x + a;
6908     //   };
6909     // }
6910     if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
6911         !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
6912       continue;
6913 
6914     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
6915     // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6916     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6917             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6918                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
6919       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6920       MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
6921                          &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6922     }
6923     const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
6924         VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
6925     if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
6926       // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
6927       // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
6928       // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
6929       // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
6930       // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
6931       // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
6932       QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
6933       SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
6934       if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6935                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6936                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
6937                           DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
6938         // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
6939         // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
6940         S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6941                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6942                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
6943                           DeclRefType, nullptr);
6944       }
6945     }
6946   }
6947 
6948   // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
6949   if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
6950     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
6951     // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6952     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6953             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6954                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
6955       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6956       S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
6957                             /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
6958                             &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6959     }
6960   }
6961 
6962   // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
6963   CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
6964 }
6965 
6966 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
6967                                   const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
6968                                   const TypoCorrection &TC) {
6969   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
6970                  Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
6971   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
6972   CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
6973 
6974   // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
6975   if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6976     NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
6977   else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
6978     NewSS = *SS;
6979 
6980   if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
6981     R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
6982     R.addDecl(ND);
6983     if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
6984       // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
6985       CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
6986       if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6987         Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6988       if (!Record)
6989         Record =
6990             dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
6991       if (Record)
6992         R.setNamingClass(Record);
6993 
6994       // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
6995       // member.
6996       bool MightBeImplicitMember;
6997       if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
6998         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6999       else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
7000         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
7001       else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
7002         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
7003       else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
7004         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
7005       else
7006         MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
7007                                 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
7008                                 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
7009 
7010       if (MightBeImplicitMember)
7011         return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
7012             NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
7013             /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
7014     } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
7015       return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
7016                                         Ivar->getIdentifier());
7017     }
7018   }
7019 
7020   return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
7021                                           /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
7022 }
7023 
7024 namespace {
7025 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
7026   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
7027 
7028 public:
7029   explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
7030       : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
7031   bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
7032     TypoExprs.insert(TE);
7033     return true;
7034   }
7035 };
7036 
7037 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
7038   typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
7039 
7040   VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
7041                      // process of being initialized.
7042   llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
7043   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
7044   llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
7045   llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
7046 
7047   /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
7048   /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
7049   /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
7050   /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
7051   void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
7052     for (auto E : TypoExprs) {
7053       TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E);
7054       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7055       if (State.DiagHandler) {
7056         TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
7057         ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];
7058 
7059         // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
7060         // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
7061         // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
7062         // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
7063         // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
7064         if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
7065                 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
7066           TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
7067 
7068         State.DiagHandler(TC);
7069       }
7070       SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
7071     }
7072   }
7073 
7074   /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
7075   /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
7076   /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
7077   /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
7078   /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
7079   /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
7080   /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
7081   /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
7082   /// of corrections.
7083   bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
7084     for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
7085       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7086       TransformCache.erase(TE);
7087       if (!State.Consumer->finished())
7088         return true;
7089       State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
7090     }
7091     return false;
7092   }
7093 
7094   NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
7095     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
7096       E = OverloadResolution[OE];
7097 
7098     if (!E)
7099       return nullptr;
7100     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
7101       return DRE->getFoundDecl();
7102     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
7103       return ME->getFoundDecl();
7104     // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
7105     // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
7106     // contain multiple decls.
7107     return nullptr;
7108   }
7109 
7110   ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
7111     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
7112     ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
7113     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
7114       return ExprError();
7115 
7116     return ExprFilter(Res.get());
7117   }
7118 
7119 public:
7120   TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
7121       : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
7122 
7123   ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7124                                    MultiExprArg Args,
7125                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7126                                    Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
7127     auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
7128                                                  RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
7129     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
7130       if (Result.isUsable()) {
7131         Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
7132         if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
7133           ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
7134         if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
7135           OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
7136       }
7137     }
7138     return Result;
7139   }
7140 
7141   ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
7142 
7143   ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
7144 
7145   ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) {
7146     return Owned(E);
7147   }
7148 
7149   ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) {
7150     return Owned(E);
7151   }
7152 
7153   ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
7154     ExprResult Res;
7155     while (true) {
7156       Res = TryTransform(E);
7157 
7158       // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
7159       // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
7160       if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
7161           !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
7162         break;
7163     }
7164 
7165     // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
7166     // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
7167     // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
7168     // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
7169     // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
7170     // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
7171     // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
7172     // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
7173     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
7174     while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
7175       auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
7176       auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
7177       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7178       State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
7179       TransformCache.erase(TE);
7180       if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
7181         State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
7182         TransformCache.erase(TE);
7183         Res = ExprError();
7184         break;
7185       }
7186       AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
7187       State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
7188       TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
7189     }
7190     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
7191 
7192     // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
7193     if (!Res.isUsable())
7194       FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
7195 
7196     EmitAllDiagnostics();
7197 
7198     return Res;
7199   }
7200 
7201   ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
7202     // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
7203     // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
7204     // first one that was encountered.
7205     auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
7206     if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
7207       return CacheEntry;
7208     }
7209 
7210     auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
7211     assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
7212 
7213     // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
7214     // typo correction and return it.
7215     while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
7216       if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
7217         continue;
7218       ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
7219           State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
7220           attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
7221       if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
7222         // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
7223         // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
7224         // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
7225         TypoCorrection Next;
7226         if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
7227             Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
7228           AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
7229         } else {
7230           AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
7231         }
7232         assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
7233                "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
7234         return CacheEntry = NE;
7235       }
7236     }
7237     return CacheEntry = ExprError();
7238   }
7239 };
7240 }
7241 
7242 ExprResult
7243 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
7244                                 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
7245   // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
7246   // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
7247   // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
7248   if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
7249       (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
7250        E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
7251     auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos;
7252     assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr");
7253     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U;
7254     auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
7255     auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
7256     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext;
7257     TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
7258     if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
7259       ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
7260       return Result;
7261     }
7262     assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
7263   }
7264   return E;
7265 }
7266 
7267 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
7268                                      bool DiscardedValue,
7269                                      bool IsConstexpr,
7270                                      bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
7271   ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
7272 
7273   if (!FullExpr.get())
7274     return ExprError();
7275 
7276   // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not
7277   // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr
7278   // containing full-expression is done).
7279   // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
7280   //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
7281   //     return a;
7282   //   }() ...);
7283   // }
7284   // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
7285   // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
7286   // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
7287   // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
7288   // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
7289   // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
7290   // parser/instantiation has got to).
7291   if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer &&
7292       DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
7293     return ExprError();
7294 
7295   // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
7296   if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
7297       FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
7298     FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
7299     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7300       return ExprError();
7301   }
7302 
7303   if (DiscardedValue) {
7304     FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
7305     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7306       return ExprError();
7307 
7308     FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
7309     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7310       return ExprError();
7311   }
7312 
7313   FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
7314   if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7315     return ExprError();
7316 
7317   CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
7318 
7319   // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
7320   // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
7321   // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
7322   // Consider the following code:
7323   // void f(int, int);
7324   // void f(const int&, double);
7325   // void foo() {
7326   //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
7327   //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
7328   //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
7329   //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
7330   //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
7331   //      };
7332   //   };
7333   // }
7334 
7335   // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
7336   // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
7337   //   void f() {
7338   //     const int n = 0;
7339   //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
7340   //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
7341   //     };
7342   //   }
7343   //
7344   // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
7345   // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
7346   // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
7347   // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
7348 
7349   LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda();
7350   // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
7351   // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
7352   // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
7353   // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
7354   // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
7355   // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
7356   // PR, a proper fix would entail :
7357   //   "Alternative suggestion:
7358   //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
7359   //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
7360   //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
7361   //     constructor/destructor.
7362   //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
7363   //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
7364   const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext);
7365   if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
7366       CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
7367     CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
7368                                                               *this);
7369   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
7370 }
7371 
7372 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
7373   if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
7374 
7375   return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
7376 }
7377 
7378 Sema::IfExistsResult
7379 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
7380                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7381                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
7382   DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
7383   if (!TargetName)
7384     return IER_DoesNotExist;
7385 
7386   // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
7387   if (TargetName.isDependentName())
7388     return IER_Dependent;
7389 
7390   // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
7391   LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
7392                  Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
7393   LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
7394   R.suppressDiagnostics();
7395 
7396   switch (R.getResultKind()) {
7397   case LookupResult::Found:
7398   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
7399   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
7400   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
7401     return IER_Exists;
7402 
7403   case LookupResult::NotFound:
7404     return IER_DoesNotExist;
7405 
7406   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
7407     return IER_Dependent;
7408   }
7409 
7410   llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
7411 }
7412 
7413 Sema::IfExistsResult
7414 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
7415                                    bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7416                                    UnqualifiedId &Name) {
7417   DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
7418 
7419   // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
7420   SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
7421   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
7422   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
7423   if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
7424     DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
7425                                      IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists
7426                                                : UPPC_IfNotExists,
7427                                      Unexpanded);
7428     return IER_Error;
7429   }
7430 
7431   return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
7432 }
7433